blob: ed6ee899aca24931a07c398ee7c873219005cda3 [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00001*eval.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Sep 20
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Expression evaluation *expression* *expr* *E15* *eval*
8
9Using expressions is introduced in chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
10
11Note: Expression evaluation can be disabled at compile time. If this has been
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +000012done, the features in this document are not available. See |+eval| and
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000013|no-eval-feature|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000014
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000151. Variables |variables|
16 1.1 Variable types
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +000017 1.2 Function references |Funcref|
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +000018 1.3 Lists |Lists|
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000019 1.4 Dictionaries |Dictionaries|
20 1.5 More about variables |more-variables|
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000212. Expression syntax |expression-syntax|
223. Internal variable |internal-variables|
234. Builtin Functions |functions|
245. Defining functions |user-functions|
256. Curly braces names |curly-braces-names|
267. Commands |expression-commands|
278. Exception handling |exception-handling|
289. Examples |eval-examples|
2910. No +eval feature |no-eval-feature|
3011. The sandbox |eval-sandbox|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000031
32{Vi does not have any of these commands}
33
34==============================================================================
351. Variables *variables*
36
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000371.1 Variable types ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +000038 *E712*
Bram Moolenaar39a58ca2005-06-27 22:42:44 +000039There are five types of variables:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000040
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000041Number A 32 bit signed number.
42 Examples: -123 0x10 0177
43
44String A NUL terminated string of 8-bit unsigned characters (bytes).
45 Examples: "ab\txx\"--" 'x-z''a,c'
46
47Funcref A reference to a function |Funcref|.
48 Example: function("strlen")
49
50List An ordered sequence of items |List|.
51 Example: [1, 2, ['a', 'b']]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000052
Bram Moolenaar39a58ca2005-06-27 22:42:44 +000053Dictionary An associative, unordered array: Each entry has a key and a
54 value. |Dictionary|
55 Example: {'blue': "#0000ff", 'red': "#ff0000"}
56
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +000057The Number and String types are converted automatically, depending on how they
58are used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000059
60Conversion from a Number to a String is by making the ASCII representation of
61the Number. Examples: >
62 Number 123 --> String "123"
63 Number 0 --> String "0"
64 Number -1 --> String "-1"
65
66Conversion from a String to a Number is done by converting the first digits
67to a number. Hexadecimal "0xf9" and Octal "017" numbers are recognized. If
68the String doesn't start with digits, the result is zero. Examples: >
69 String "456" --> Number 456
70 String "6bar" --> Number 6
71 String "foo" --> Number 0
72 String "0xf1" --> Number 241
73 String "0100" --> Number 64
74 String "-8" --> Number -8
75 String "+8" --> Number 0
76
77To force conversion from String to Number, add zero to it: >
78 :echo "0100" + 0
79
80For boolean operators Numbers are used. Zero is FALSE, non-zero is TRUE.
81
82Note that in the command >
83 :if "foo"
84"foo" is converted to 0, which means FALSE. To test for a non-empty string,
85use strlen(): >
86 :if strlen("foo")
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +000087< *E745* *E728* *E703* *E729* *E730* *E731*
88List, Dictionary and Funcref types are not automatically converted.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +000089
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000090 *E706*
91You will get an error if you try to change the type of a variable. You need
92to |:unlet| it first to avoid this error. String and Number are considered
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000093equivalent though. Consider this sequence of commands: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000094 :let l = "string"
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +000095 :let l = 44 " changes type from String to Number
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000096 :let l = [1, 2, 3] " error!
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +000097
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000098
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000991.2 Function references ~
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +0000100 *Funcref* *E695* *E718*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000101A Funcref variable is obtained with the |function()| function. It can be used
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000102in an expression in the place of a function name, before the parenthesis
103around the arguments, to invoke the function it refers to. Example: >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000104
105 :let Fn = function("MyFunc")
106 :echo Fn()
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000107< *E704* *E705* *E707*
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000108A Funcref variable must start with a capital, "s:", "w:" or "b:". You cannot
109have both a Funcref variable and a function with the same name.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000110
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000111A special case is defining a function and directly assigning its Funcref to a
112Dictionary entry. Example: >
113 :function dict.init() dict
114 : let self.val = 0
115 :endfunction
116
117The key of the Dictionary can start with a lower case letter. The actual
118function name is not used here. Also see |numbered-function|.
119
120A Funcref can also be used with the |:call| command: >
121 :call Fn()
122 :call dict.init()
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000123
124The name of the referenced function can be obtained with |string()|. >
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000125 :let func = string(Fn)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000126
127You can use |call()| to invoke a Funcref and use a list variable for the
128arguments: >
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000129 :let r = call(Fn, mylist)
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000130
131
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00001321.3 Lists ~
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +0000133 *List* *Lists* *E686*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000134A List is an ordered sequence of items. An item can be of any type. Items
135can be accessed by their index number. Items can be added and removed at any
136position in the sequence.
137
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000138
139List creation ~
140 *E696* *E697*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000141A List is created with a comma separated list of items in square brackets.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000142Examples: >
143 :let mylist = [1, two, 3, "four"]
144 :let emptylist = []
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000145
146An item can be any expression. Using a List for an item creates a
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000147nested List: >
148 :let nestlist = [[11, 12], [21, 22], [31, 32]]
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000149
150An extra comma after the last item is ignored.
151
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000152
153List index ~
154 *list-index* *E684*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000155An item in the List can be accessed by putting the index in square brackets
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000156after the List. Indexes are zero-based, thus the first item has index zero. >
157 :let item = mylist[0] " get the first item: 1
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000158 :let item = mylist[2] " get the third item: 3
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000159
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000160When the resulting item is a list this can be repeated: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000161 :let item = nestlist[0][1] " get the first list, second item: 12
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000162<
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000163A negative index is counted from the end. Index -1 refers to the last item in
164the List, -2 to the last but one item, etc. >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000165 :let last = mylist[-1] " get the last item: "four"
166
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000167To avoid an error for an invalid index use the |get()| function. When an item
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000168is not available it returns zero or the default value you specify: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000169 :echo get(mylist, idx)
170 :echo get(mylist, idx, "NONE")
171
172
173List concatenation ~
174
175Two lists can be concatenated with the "+" operator: >
176 :let longlist = mylist + [5, 6]
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000177 :let mylist += [7, 8]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000178
179To prepend or append an item turn the item into a list by putting [] around
180it. To change a list in-place see |list-modification| below.
181
182
183Sublist ~
184
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000185A part of the List can be obtained by specifying the first and last index,
186separated by a colon in square brackets: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000187 :let shortlist = mylist[2:-1] " get List [3, "four"]
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000188
189Omitting the first index is similar to zero. Omitting the last index is
190similar to -1. The difference is that there is no error if the items are not
191available. >
Bram Moolenaar540d6e32005-01-09 21:20:18 +0000192 :let endlist = mylist[2:] " from item 2 to the end: [3, "four"]
193 :let shortlist = mylist[2:2] " List with one item: [3]
194 :let otherlist = mylist[:] " make a copy of the List
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000195
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000196The second index can be just before the first index. In that case the result
197is an empty list. If the second index is lower, this results in an error. >
198 :echo mylist[2:1] " result: []
199 :echo mylist[2:0] " error!
200
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +0000201NOTE: mylist[s:e] means using the variable "s:e" as index. Watch out for
202using a single letter variable before the ":". Insert a space when needed:
203mylist[s : e].
204
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000205
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000206List identity ~
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000207 *list-identity*
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000208When variable "aa" is a list and you assign it to another variable "bb", both
209variables refer to the same list. Thus changing the list "aa" will also
210change "bb": >
211 :let aa = [1, 2, 3]
212 :let bb = aa
213 :call add(aa, 4)
214 :echo bb
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000215< [1, 2, 3, 4]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000216
217Making a copy of a list is done with the |copy()| function. Using [:] also
218works, as explained above. This creates a shallow copy of the list: Changing
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000219a list item in the list will also change the item in the copied list: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000220 :let aa = [[1, 'a'], 2, 3]
221 :let bb = copy(aa)
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000222 :call add(aa, 4)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000223 :let aa[0][1] = 'aaa'
224 :echo aa
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000225< [[1, aaa], 2, 3, 4] >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000226 :echo bb
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000227< [[1, aaa], 2, 3]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000228
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000229To make a completely independent list use |deepcopy()|. This also makes a
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000230copy of the values in the list, recursively. Up to a hundred levels deep.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000231
232The operator "is" can be used to check if two variables refer to the same
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000233List. "isnot" does the opposite. In contrast "==" compares if two lists have
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000234the same value. >
235 :let alist = [1, 2, 3]
236 :let blist = [1, 2, 3]
237 :echo alist is blist
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000238< 0 >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000239 :echo alist == blist
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000240< 1
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000241
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +0000242Note about comparing lists: Two lists are considered equal if they have the
243same length and all items compare equal, as with using "==". There is one
Bram Moolenaar7d1f5db2005-07-03 21:39:27 +0000244exception: When comparing a number with a string they are considered
245different. There is no automatic type conversion, as with using "==" on
246variables. Example: >
247 echo 4 == "4"
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +0000248< 1 >
Bram Moolenaar7d1f5db2005-07-03 21:39:27 +0000249 echo [4] == ["4"]
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +0000250< 0
251
Bram Moolenaar7d1f5db2005-07-03 21:39:27 +0000252Thus comparing Lists is more strict than comparing numbers and strings. You
253can compare simple values this way too by putting them in a string: >
254
255 :let a = 5
256 :let b = "5"
257 echo a == b
258< 1 >
259 echo [a] == [b]
260< 0
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +0000261
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000262
263List unpack ~
264
265To unpack the items in a list to individual variables, put the variables in
266square brackets, like list items: >
267 :let [var1, var2] = mylist
268
269When the number of variables does not match the number of items in the list
270this produces an error. To handle any extra items from the list append ";"
271and a variable name: >
272 :let [var1, var2; rest] = mylist
273
274This works like: >
275 :let var1 = mylist[0]
276 :let var2 = mylist[1]
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000277 :let rest = mylist[2:]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000278
279Except that there is no error if there are only two items. "rest" will be an
280empty list then.
281
282
283List modification ~
284 *list-modification*
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000285To change a specific item of a list use |:let| this way: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000286 :let list[4] = "four"
287 :let listlist[0][3] = item
288
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000289To change part of a list you can specify the first and last item to be
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000290modified. The value must at least have the number of items in the range: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000291 :let list[3:5] = [3, 4, 5]
292
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000293Adding and removing items from a list is done with functions. Here are a few
294examples: >
295 :call insert(list, 'a') " prepend item 'a'
296 :call insert(list, 'a', 3) " insert item 'a' before list[3]
297 :call add(list, "new") " append String item
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000298 :call add(list, [1, 2]) " append a List as one new item
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000299 :call extend(list, [1, 2]) " extend the list with two more items
300 :let i = remove(list, 3) " remove item 3
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +0000301 :unlet list[3] " idem
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000302 :let l = remove(list, 3, -1) " remove items 3 to last item
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +0000303 :unlet list[3 : ] " idem
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000304 :call filter(list, 'v:val !~ "x"') " remove items with an 'x'
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000305
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000306Changing the order of items in a list: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000307 :call sort(list) " sort a list alphabetically
308 :call reverse(list) " reverse the order of items
309
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000310
311For loop ~
312
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000313The |:for| loop executes commands for each item in a list. A variable is set
314to each item in the list in sequence. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000315 :for item in mylist
316 : call Doit(item)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000317 :endfor
318
319This works like: >
320 :let index = 0
321 :while index < len(mylist)
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000322 : let item = mylist[index]
323 : :call Doit(item)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000324 : let index = index + 1
325 :endwhile
326
327Note that all items in the list should be of the same type, otherwise this
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000328results in error |E706|. To avoid this |:unlet| the variable at the end of
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000329the loop.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000330
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000331If all you want to do is modify each item in the list then the |map()|
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000332function will be a simpler method than a for loop.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000333
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000334Just like the |:let| command, |:for| also accepts a list of variables. This
335requires the argument to be a list of lists. >
336 :for [lnum, col] in [[1, 3], [2, 8], [3, 0]]
337 : call Doit(lnum, col)
338 :endfor
339
340This works like a |:let| command is done for each list item. Again, the types
341must remain the same to avoid an error.
342
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000343It is also possible to put remaining items in a List variable: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000344 :for [i, j; rest] in listlist
345 : call Doit(i, j)
346 : if !empty(rest)
347 : echo "remainder: " . string(rest)
348 : endif
349 :endfor
350
351
352List functions ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000353 *E714*
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000354Functions that are useful with a List: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000355 :let r = call(funcname, list) " call a function with an argument list
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000356 :if empty(list) " check if list is empty
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000357 :let l = len(list) " number of items in list
358 :let big = max(list) " maximum value in list
359 :let small = min(list) " minimum value in list
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000360 :let xs = count(list, 'x') " count nr of times 'x' appears in list
361 :let i = index(list, 'x') " index of first 'x' in list
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000362 :let lines = getline(1, 10) " get ten text lines from buffer
363 :call append('$', lines) " append text lines in buffer
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000364 :let list = split("a b c") " create list from items in a string
365 :let string = join(list, ', ') " create string from list items
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000366 :let s = string(list) " String representation of list
367 :call map(list, '">> " . v:val') " prepend ">> " to each item
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000368
Bram Moolenaar0cb032e2005-04-23 20:52:00 +0000369Don't forget that a combination of features can make things simple. For
370example, to add up all the numbers in a list: >
371 :exe 'let sum = ' . join(nrlist, '+')
372
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000373
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003741.4 Dictionaries ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000375 *Dictionaries* *Dictionary*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000376A Dictionary is an associative array: Each entry has a key and a value. The
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000377entry can be located with the key. The entries are stored without a specific
378ordering.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000379
380
381Dictionary creation ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000382 *E720* *E721* *E722* *E723*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000383A Dictionary is created with a comma separated list of entries in curly
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000384braces. Each entry has a key and a value, separated by a colon. Each key can
385only appear once. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000386 :let mydict = {1: 'one', 2: 'two', 3: 'three'}
387 :let emptydict = {}
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000388< *E713* *E716* *E717*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000389A key is always a String. You can use a Number, it will be converted to a
390String automatically. Thus the String '4' and the number 4 will find the same
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000391entry. Note that the String '04' and the Number 04 are different, since the
392Number will be converted to the String '4'.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000393
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000394A value can be any expression. Using a Dictionary for a value creates a
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000395nested Dictionary: >
396 :let nestdict = {1: {11: 'a', 12: 'b'}, 2: {21: 'c'}}
397
398An extra comma after the last entry is ignored.
399
400
401Accessing entries ~
402
403The normal way to access an entry is by putting the key in square brackets: >
404 :let val = mydict["one"]
405 :let mydict["four"] = 4
406
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000407You can add new entries to an existing Dictionary this way, unlike Lists.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000408
409For keys that consist entirely of letters, digits and underscore the following
410form can be used |expr-entry|: >
411 :let val = mydict.one
412 :let mydict.four = 4
413
414Since an entry can be any type, also a List and a Dictionary, the indexing and
415key lookup can be repeated: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000416 :echo dict.key[idx].key
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000417
418
419Dictionary to List conversion ~
420
421You may want to loop over the entries in a dictionary. For this you need to
422turn the Dictionary into a List and pass it to |:for|.
423
424Most often you want to loop over the keys, using the |keys()| function: >
425 :for key in keys(mydict)
426 : echo key . ': ' . mydict[key]
427 :endfor
428
429The List of keys is unsorted. You may want to sort them first: >
430 :for key in sort(keys(mydict))
431
432To loop over the values use the |values()| function: >
433 :for v in values(mydict)
434 : echo "value: " . v
435 :endfor
436
437If you want both the key and the value use the |items()| function. It returns
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000438a List in which each item is a List with two items, the key and the value: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000439 :for entry in items(mydict)
440 : echo entry[0] . ': ' . entry[1]
441 :endfor
442
443
444Dictionary identity ~
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +0000445 *dict-identity*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000446Just like Lists you need to use |copy()| and |deepcopy()| to make a copy of a
447Dictionary. Otherwise, assignment results in referring to the same
448Dictionary: >
449 :let onedict = {'a': 1, 'b': 2}
450 :let adict = onedict
451 :let adict['a'] = 11
452 :echo onedict['a']
453 11
454
Bram Moolenaarf3bd51a2005-06-14 22:11:18 +0000455Two Dictionaries compare equal if all the key-value pairs compare equal. For
456more info see |list-identity|.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000457
458
459Dictionary modification ~
460 *dict-modification*
461To change an already existing entry of a Dictionary, or to add a new entry,
462use |:let| this way: >
463 :let dict[4] = "four"
464 :let dict['one'] = item
465
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +0000466Removing an entry from a Dictionary is done with |remove()| or |:unlet|.
467Three ways to remove the entry with key "aaa" from dict: >
468 :let i = remove(dict, 'aaa')
469 :unlet dict.aaa
470 :unlet dict['aaa']
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000471
472Merging a Dictionary with another is done with |extend()|: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000473 :call extend(adict, bdict)
474This extends adict with all entries from bdict. Duplicate keys cause entries
475in adict to be overwritten. An optional third argument can change this.
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000476Note that the order of entries in a Dictionary is irrelevant, thus don't
477expect ":echo adict" to show the items from bdict after the older entries in
478adict.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000479
480Weeding out entries from a Dictionary can be done with |filter()|: >
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +0000481 :call filter(dict 'v:val =~ "x"')
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000482This removes all entries from "dict" with a value not matching 'x'.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000483
484
485Dictionary function ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000486 *Dictionary-function* *self* *E725*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000487When a function is defined with the "dict" attribute it can be used in a
488special way with a dictionary. Example: >
489 :function Mylen() dict
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000490 : return len(self.data)
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000491 :endfunction
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000492 :let mydict = {'data': [0, 1, 2, 3], 'len': function("Mylen")}
493 :echo mydict.len()
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000494
495This is like a method in object oriented programming. The entry in the
496Dictionary is a |Funcref|. The local variable "self" refers to the dictionary
497the function was invoked from.
498
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000499It is also possible to add a function without the "dict" attribute as a
500Funcref to a Dictionary, but the "self" variable is not available then.
501
502 *numbered-function*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000503To avoid the extra name for the function it can be defined and directly
504assigned to a Dictionary in this way: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000505 :let mydict = {'data': [0, 1, 2, 3]}
506 :function mydict.len() dict
507 : return len(self.data)
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000508 :endfunction
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000509 :echo mydict.len()
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000510
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000511The function will then get a number and the value of dict.len is a |Funcref|
512that references this function. The function can only be used through a
513|Funcref|. It will automatically be deleted when there is no |Funcref|
514remaining that refers to it.
515
516It is not necessary to use the "dict" attribute for a numbered function.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000517
518
519Functions for Dictionaries ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000520 *E715*
521Functions that can be used with a Dictionary: >
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000522 :if has_key(dict, 'foo') " TRUE if dict has entry with key "foo"
523 :if empty(dict) " TRUE if dict is empty
524 :let l = len(dict) " number of items in dict
525 :let big = max(dict) " maximum value in dict
526 :let small = min(dict) " minimum value in dict
527 :let xs = count(dict, 'x') " count nr of times 'x' appears in dict
528 :let s = string(dict) " String representation of dict
529 :call map(dict, '">> " . v:val') " prepend ">> " to each item
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000530
531
5321.5 More about variables ~
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000533 *more-variables*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000534If you need to know the type of a variable or expression, use the |type()|
535function.
536
537When the '!' flag is included in the 'viminfo' option, global variables that
538start with an uppercase letter, and don't contain a lowercase letter, are
539stored in the viminfo file |viminfo-file|.
540
541When the 'sessionoptions' option contains "global", global variables that
542start with an uppercase letter and contain at least one lowercase letter are
543stored in the session file |session-file|.
544
545variable name can be stored where ~
546my_var_6 not
547My_Var_6 session file
548MY_VAR_6 viminfo file
549
550
551It's possible to form a variable name with curly braces, see
552|curly-braces-names|.
553
554==============================================================================
5552. Expression syntax *expression-syntax*
556
557Expression syntax summary, from least to most significant:
558
559|expr1| expr2 ? expr1 : expr1 if-then-else
560
561|expr2| expr3 || expr3 .. logical OR
562
563|expr3| expr4 && expr4 .. logical AND
564
565|expr4| expr5 == expr5 equal
566 expr5 != expr5 not equal
567 expr5 > expr5 greater than
568 expr5 >= expr5 greater than or equal
569 expr5 < expr5 smaller than
570 expr5 <= expr5 smaller than or equal
571 expr5 =~ expr5 regexp matches
572 expr5 !~ expr5 regexp doesn't match
573
574 expr5 ==? expr5 equal, ignoring case
575 expr5 ==# expr5 equal, match case
576 etc. As above, append ? for ignoring case, # for
577 matching case
578
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000579 expr5 is expr5 same List instance
580 expr5 isnot expr5 different List instance
581
582|expr5| expr6 + expr6 .. number addition or list concatenation
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000583 expr6 - expr6 .. number subtraction
584 expr6 . expr6 .. string concatenation
585
586|expr6| expr7 * expr7 .. number multiplication
587 expr7 / expr7 .. number division
588 expr7 % expr7 .. number modulo
589
590|expr7| ! expr7 logical NOT
591 - expr7 unary minus
592 + expr7 unary plus
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000593
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000594
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000595|expr8| expr8[expr1] byte of a String or item of a List
596 expr8[expr1 : expr1] substring of a String or sublist of a List
597 expr8.name entry in a Dictionary
598 expr8(expr1, ...) function call with Funcref variable
599
600|expr9| number number constant
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000601 "string" string constant, backslash is special
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000602 'string' string constant, ' is doubled
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000603 [expr1, ...] List
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000604 {expr1: expr1, ...} Dictionary
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000605 &option option value
606 (expr1) nested expression
607 variable internal variable
608 va{ria}ble internal variable with curly braces
609 $VAR environment variable
610 @r contents of register 'r'
611 function(expr1, ...) function call
612 func{ti}on(expr1, ...) function call with curly braces
613
614
615".." indicates that the operations in this level can be concatenated.
616Example: >
617 &nu || &list && &shell == "csh"
618
619All expressions within one level are parsed from left to right.
620
621
622expr1 *expr1* *E109*
623-----
624
625expr2 ? expr1 : expr1
626
627The expression before the '?' is evaluated to a number. If it evaluates to
628non-zero, the result is the value of the expression between the '?' and ':',
629otherwise the result is the value of the expression after the ':'.
630Example: >
631 :echo lnum == 1 ? "top" : lnum
632
633Since the first expression is an "expr2", it cannot contain another ?:. The
634other two expressions can, thus allow for recursive use of ?:.
635Example: >
636 :echo lnum == 1 ? "top" : lnum == 1000 ? "last" : lnum
637
638To keep this readable, using |line-continuation| is suggested: >
639 :echo lnum == 1
640 :\ ? "top"
641 :\ : lnum == 1000
642 :\ ? "last"
643 :\ : lnum
644
645
646expr2 and expr3 *expr2* *expr3*
647---------------
648
649 *expr-barbar* *expr-&&*
650The "||" and "&&" operators take one argument on each side. The arguments
651are (converted to) Numbers. The result is:
652
653 input output ~
654n1 n2 n1 || n2 n1 && n2 ~
655zero zero zero zero
656zero non-zero non-zero zero
657non-zero zero non-zero zero
658non-zero non-zero non-zero non-zero
659
660The operators can be concatenated, for example: >
661
662 &nu || &list && &shell == "csh"
663
664Note that "&&" takes precedence over "||", so this has the meaning of: >
665
666 &nu || (&list && &shell == "csh")
667
668Once the result is known, the expression "short-circuits", that is, further
669arguments are not evaluated. This is like what happens in C. For example: >
670
671 let a = 1
672 echo a || b
673
674This is valid even if there is no variable called "b" because "a" is non-zero,
675so the result must be non-zero. Similarly below: >
676
677 echo exists("b") && b == "yes"
678
679This is valid whether "b" has been defined or not. The second clause will
680only be evaluated if "b" has been defined.
681
682
683expr4 *expr4*
684-----
685
686expr5 {cmp} expr5
687
688Compare two expr5 expressions, resulting in a 0 if it evaluates to false, or 1
689if it evaluates to true.
690
691 *expr-==* *expr-!=* *expr->* *expr->=*
692 *expr-<* *expr-<=* *expr-=~* *expr-!~*
693 *expr-==#* *expr-!=#* *expr->#* *expr->=#*
694 *expr-<#* *expr-<=#* *expr-=~#* *expr-!~#*
695 *expr-==?* *expr-!=?* *expr->?* *expr->=?*
696 *expr-<?* *expr-<=?* *expr-=~?* *expr-!~?*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000697 *expr-is*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000698 use 'ignorecase' match case ignore case ~
699equal == ==# ==?
700not equal != !=# !=?
701greater than > ># >?
702greater than or equal >= >=# >=?
703smaller than < <# <?
704smaller than or equal <= <=# <=?
705regexp matches =~ =~# =~?
706regexp doesn't match !~ !~# !~?
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000707same instance is
708different instance isnot
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000709
710Examples:
711"abc" ==# "Abc" evaluates to 0
712"abc" ==? "Abc" evaluates to 1
713"abc" == "Abc" evaluates to 1 if 'ignorecase' is set, 0 otherwise
714
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000715 *E691* *E692*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000716A List can only be compared with a List and only "equal", "not equal" and "is"
717can be used. This compares the values of the list, recursively. Ignoring
718case means case is ignored when comparing item values.
719
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000720 *E735* *E736*
721A Dictionary can only be compared with a Dictionary and only "equal", "not
722equal" and "is" can be used. This compares the key/values of the Dictionary,
723recursively. Ignoring case means case is ignored when comparing item values.
724
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000725 *E693* *E694*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000726A Funcref can only be compared with a Funcref and only "equal" and "not equal"
727can be used. Case is never ignored.
728
729When using "is" or "isnot" with a List this checks if the expressions are
730referring to the same List instance. A copy of a List is different from the
731original List. When using "is" without a List it is equivalent to using
732"equal", using "isnot" equivalent to using "not equal". Except that a
733different type means the values are different. "4 == '4'" is true, "4 is '4'"
734is false.
735
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000736When comparing a String with a Number, the String is converted to a Number,
737and the comparison is done on Numbers. This means that "0 == 'x'" is TRUE,
738because 'x' converted to a Number is zero.
739
740When comparing two Strings, this is done with strcmp() or stricmp(). This
741results in the mathematical difference (comparing byte values), not
742necessarily the alphabetical difference in the local language.
743
744When using the operators with a trailing '#", or the short version and
745'ignorecase' is off, the comparing is done with strcmp().
746
747When using the operators with a trailing '?', or the short version and
748'ignorecase' is set, the comparing is done with stricmp().
749
750The "=~" and "!~" operators match the lefthand argument with the righthand
751argument, which is used as a pattern. See |pattern| for what a pattern is.
752This matching is always done like 'magic' was set and 'cpoptions' is empty, no
753matter what the actual value of 'magic' or 'cpoptions' is. This makes scripts
754portable. To avoid backslashes in the regexp pattern to be doubled, use a
755single-quote string, see |literal-string|.
756Since a string is considered to be a single line, a multi-line pattern
757(containing \n, backslash-n) will not match. However, a literal NL character
758can be matched like an ordinary character. Examples:
759 "foo\nbar" =~ "\n" evaluates to 1
760 "foo\nbar" =~ "\\n" evaluates to 0
761
762
763expr5 and expr6 *expr5* *expr6*
764---------------
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000765expr6 + expr6 .. Number addition or List concatenation *expr-+*
766expr6 - expr6 .. Number subtraction *expr--*
767expr6 . expr6 .. String concatenation *expr-.*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000768
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000769For Lists only "+" is possible and then both expr6 must be a list. The result
770is a new list with the two lists Concatenated.
771
772expr7 * expr7 .. number multiplication *expr-star*
773expr7 / expr7 .. number division *expr-/*
774expr7 % expr7 .. number modulo *expr-%*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000775
776For all, except ".", Strings are converted to Numbers.
777
778Note the difference between "+" and ".":
779 "123" + "456" = 579
780 "123" . "456" = "123456"
781
782When the righthand side of '/' is zero, the result is 0x7fffffff.
783When the righthand side of '%' is zero, the result is 0.
784
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000785None of these work for Funcrefs.
786
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000787
788expr7 *expr7*
789-----
790! expr7 logical NOT *expr-!*
791- expr7 unary minus *expr-unary--*
792+ expr7 unary plus *expr-unary-+*
793
794For '!' non-zero becomes zero, zero becomes one.
795For '-' the sign of the number is changed.
796For '+' the number is unchanged.
797
798A String will be converted to a Number first.
799
800These three can be repeated and mixed. Examples:
801 !-1 == 0
802 !!8 == 1
803 --9 == 9
804
805
806expr8 *expr8*
807-----
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000808expr8[expr1] item of String or List *expr-[]* *E111*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000809
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000810If expr8 is a Number or String this results in a String that contains the
811expr1'th single byte from expr8. expr8 is used as a String, expr1 as a
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000812Number. Note that this doesn't recognize multi-byte encodings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000813
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000814Index zero gives the first character. This is like it works in C. Careful:
815text column numbers start with one! Example, to get the character under the
816cursor: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000817 :let c = getline(line("."))[col(".") - 1]
818
819If the length of the String is less than the index, the result is an empty
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000820String. A negative index always results in an empty string (reason: backwards
821compatibility). Use [-1:] to get the last byte.
822
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000823If expr8 is a List then it results the item at index expr1. See |list-index|
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000824for possible index values. If the index is out of range this results in an
825error. Example: >
826 :let item = mylist[-1] " get last item
827
828Generally, if a List index is equal to or higher than the length of the List,
829or more negative than the length of the List, this results in an error.
830
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000831
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000832expr8[expr1a : expr1b] substring or sublist *expr-[:]*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000833
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000834If expr8 is a Number or String this results in the substring with the bytes
835from expr1a to and including expr1b. expr8 is used as a String, expr1a and
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000836expr1b are used as a Number. Note that this doesn't recognize multi-byte
837encodings.
838
839If expr1a is omitted zero is used. If expr1b is omitted the length of the
840string minus one is used.
841
842A negative number can be used to measure from the end of the string. -1 is
843the last character, -2 the last but one, etc.
844
845If an index goes out of range for the string characters are omitted. If
846expr1b is smaller than expr1a the result is an empty string.
847
848Examples: >
849 :let c = name[-1:] " last byte of a string
850 :let c = name[-2:-2] " last but one byte of a string
851 :let s = line(".")[4:] " from the fifth byte to the end
852 :let s = s[:-3] " remove last two bytes
853
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000854If expr8 is a List this results in a new List with the items indicated by the
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000855indexes expr1a and expr1b. This works like with a String, as explained just
856above, except that indexes out of range cause an error. Examples: >
857 :let l = mylist[:3] " first four items
858 :let l = mylist[4:4] " List with one item
859 :let l = mylist[:] " shallow copy of a List
860
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000861Using expr8[expr1] or expr8[expr1a : expr1b] on a Funcref results in an error.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000862
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000863
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000864expr8.name entry in a Dictionary *expr-entry*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000865
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000866If expr8 is a Dictionary and it is followed by a dot, then the following name
867will be used as a key in the Dictionary. This is just like: expr8[name].
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000868
869The name must consist of alphanumeric characters, just like a variable name,
870but it may start with a number. Curly braces cannot be used.
871
872There must not be white space before or after the dot.
873
874Examples: >
875 :let dict = {"one": 1, 2: "two"}
876 :echo dict.one
877 :echo dict .2
878
879Note that the dot is also used for String concatenation. To avoid confusion
880always put spaces around the dot for String concatenation.
881
882
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000883expr8(expr1, ...) Funcref function call
884
885When expr8 is a |Funcref| type variable, invoke the function it refers to.
886
887
888
889 *expr9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000890number
891------
892number number constant *expr-number*
893
894Decimal, Hexadecimal (starting with 0x or 0X), or Octal (starting with 0).
895
896
897string *expr-string* *E114*
898------
899"string" string constant *expr-quote*
900
901Note that double quotes are used.
902
903A string constant accepts these special characters:
904\... three-digit octal number (e.g., "\316")
905\.. two-digit octal number (must be followed by non-digit)
906\. one-digit octal number (must be followed by non-digit)
907\x.. byte specified with two hex numbers (e.g., "\x1f")
908\x. byte specified with one hex number (must be followed by non-hex char)
909\X.. same as \x..
910\X. same as \x.
911\u.... character specified with up to 4 hex numbers, stored according to the
912 current value of 'encoding' (e.g., "\u02a4")
913\U.... same as \u....
914\b backspace <BS>
915\e escape <Esc>
916\f formfeed <FF>
917\n newline <NL>
918\r return <CR>
919\t tab <Tab>
920\\ backslash
921\" double quote
922\<xxx> Special key named "xxx". e.g. "\<C-W>" for CTRL-W.
923
924Note that "\000" and "\x00" force the end of the string.
925
926
927literal-string *literal-string* *E115*
928---------------
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000929'string' string constant *expr-'*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000930
931Note that single quotes are used.
932
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000933This string is taken as it is. No backslashes are removed or have a special
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000934meaning. The only exception is that two quotes stand for one quote.
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000935
936Single quoted strings are useful for patterns, so that backslashes do not need
937to be doubled. These two commands are equivalent: >
938 if a =~ "\\s*"
939 if a =~ '\s*'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000940
941
942option *expr-option* *E112* *E113*
943------
944&option option value, local value if possible
945&g:option global option value
946&l:option local option value
947
948Examples: >
949 echo "tabstop is " . &tabstop
950 if &insertmode
951
952Any option name can be used here. See |options|. When using the local value
953and there is no buffer-local or window-local value, the global value is used
954anyway.
955
956
957register *expr-register*
958--------
959@r contents of register 'r'
960
961The result is the contents of the named register, as a single string.
962Newlines are inserted where required. To get the contents of the unnamed
Bram Moolenaare7566042005-06-17 22:00:15 +0000963register use @" or @@. See |registers| for an explanation of the available
964registers.
965
966When using the '=' register you get the expression itself, not what it
967evaluates to. Use |eval()| to evaluate it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000968
969
970nesting *expr-nesting* *E110*
971-------
972(expr1) nested expression
973
974
975environment variable *expr-env*
976--------------------
977$VAR environment variable
978
979The String value of any environment variable. When it is not defined, the
980result is an empty string.
981 *expr-env-expand*
982Note that there is a difference between using $VAR directly and using
983expand("$VAR"). Using it directly will only expand environment variables that
984are known inside the current Vim session. Using expand() will first try using
985the environment variables known inside the current Vim session. If that
986fails, a shell will be used to expand the variable. This can be slow, but it
987does expand all variables that the shell knows about. Example: >
988 :echo $version
989 :echo expand("$version")
990The first one probably doesn't echo anything, the second echoes the $version
991variable (if your shell supports it).
992
993
994internal variable *expr-variable*
995-----------------
996variable internal variable
997See below |internal-variables|.
998
999
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00001000function call *expr-function* *E116* *E118* *E119* *E120*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001001-------------
1002function(expr1, ...) function call
1003See below |functions|.
1004
1005
1006==============================================================================
10073. Internal variable *internal-variables* *E121*
1008 *E461*
1009An internal variable name can be made up of letters, digits and '_'. But it
1010cannot start with a digit. It's also possible to use curly braces, see
1011|curly-braces-names|.
1012
1013An internal variable is created with the ":let" command |:let|.
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00001014An internal variable is explicitly destroyed with the ":unlet" command
1015|:unlet|.
1016Using a name that is not an internal variable or refers to a variable that has
1017been destroyed results in an error.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001018
1019There are several name spaces for variables. Which one is to be used is
1020specified by what is prepended:
1021
1022 (nothing) In a function: local to a function; otherwise: global
1023|buffer-variable| b: Local to the current buffer.
1024|window-variable| w: Local to the current window.
1025|global-variable| g: Global.
1026|local-variable| l: Local to a function.
1027|script-variable| s: Local to a |:source|'ed Vim script.
1028|function-argument| a: Function argument (only inside a function).
1029|vim-variable| v: Global, predefined by Vim.
1030
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00001031The scope name by itself can be used as a Dictionary. For example, to delete
1032all script-local variables: >
1033 :for k in keys(s:)
1034 : unlet s:[k]
1035 :endfor
1036<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001037 *buffer-variable* *b:var*
1038A variable name that is preceded with "b:" is local to the current buffer.
1039Thus you can have several "b:foo" variables, one for each buffer.
1040This kind of variable is deleted when the buffer is wiped out or deleted with
1041|:bdelete|.
1042
1043One local buffer variable is predefined:
1044 *b:changedtick-variable* *changetick*
1045b:changedtick The total number of changes to the current buffer. It is
1046 incremented for each change. An undo command is also a change
1047 in this case. This can be used to perform an action only when
1048 the buffer has changed. Example: >
1049 :if my_changedtick != b:changedtick
1050 : let my_changedtick = b:changedtick
1051 : call My_Update()
1052 :endif
1053<
1054 *window-variable* *w:var*
1055A variable name that is preceded with "w:" is local to the current window. It
1056is deleted when the window is closed.
1057
1058 *global-variable* *g:var*
1059Inside functions global variables are accessed with "g:". Omitting this will
1060access a variable local to a function. But "g:" can also be used in any other
1061place if you like.
1062
1063 *local-variable* *l:var*
1064Inside functions local variables are accessed without prepending anything.
1065But you can also prepend "l:" if you like.
1066
1067 *script-variable* *s:var*
1068In a Vim script variables starting with "s:" can be used. They cannot be
1069accessed from outside of the scripts, thus are local to the script.
1070
1071They can be used in:
1072- commands executed while the script is sourced
1073- functions defined in the script
1074- autocommands defined in the script
1075- functions and autocommands defined in functions and autocommands which were
1076 defined in the script (recursively)
1077- user defined commands defined in the script
1078Thus not in:
1079- other scripts sourced from this one
1080- mappings
1081- etc.
1082
1083script variables can be used to avoid conflicts with global variable names.
1084Take this example:
1085
1086 let s:counter = 0
1087 function MyCounter()
1088 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
1089 echo s:counter
1090 endfunction
1091 command Tick call MyCounter()
1092
1093You can now invoke "Tick" from any script, and the "s:counter" variable in
1094that script will not be changed, only the "s:counter" in the script where
1095"Tick" was defined is used.
1096
1097Another example that does the same: >
1098
1099 let s:counter = 0
1100 command Tick let s:counter = s:counter + 1 | echo s:counter
1101
1102When calling a function and invoking a user-defined command, the context for
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001103script variables is set to the script where the function or command was
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001104defined.
1105
1106The script variables are also available when a function is defined inside a
1107function that is defined in a script. Example: >
1108
1109 let s:counter = 0
1110 function StartCounting(incr)
1111 if a:incr
1112 function MyCounter()
1113 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
1114 endfunction
1115 else
1116 function MyCounter()
1117 let s:counter = s:counter - 1
1118 endfunction
1119 endif
1120 endfunction
1121
1122This defines the MyCounter() function either for counting up or counting down
1123when calling StartCounting(). It doesn't matter from where StartCounting() is
1124called, the s:counter variable will be accessible in MyCounter().
1125
1126When the same script is sourced again it will use the same script variables.
1127They will remain valid as long as Vim is running. This can be used to
1128maintain a counter: >
1129
1130 if !exists("s:counter")
1131 let s:counter = 1
1132 echo "script executed for the first time"
1133 else
1134 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
1135 echo "script executed " . s:counter . " times now"
1136 endif
1137
1138Note that this means that filetype plugins don't get a different set of script
1139variables for each buffer. Use local buffer variables instead |b:var|.
1140
1141
1142Predefined Vim variables: *vim-variable* *v:var*
1143
Bram Moolenaare4efc3b2005-03-07 23:16:51 +00001144 *v:beval_col* *beval_col-variable*
1145v:beval_col The number of the column, over which the mouse pointer is.
1146 This is the byte index in the |v:beval_lnum| line.
1147 Only valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1148
1149 *v:beval_bufnr* *beval_bufnr-variable*
1150v:beval_bufnr The number of the buffer, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
1151 valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1152
1153 *v:beval_lnum* *beval_lnum-variable*
1154v:beval_lnum The number of the line, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
1155 valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1156
1157 *v:beval_text* *beval_text-variable*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00001158v:beval_text The text under or after the mouse pointer. Usually a word as
1159 it is useful for debugging a C program. 'iskeyword' applies,
1160 but a dot and "->" before the position is included. When on a
1161 ']' the text before it is used, including the matching '[' and
Bram Moolenaare4efc3b2005-03-07 23:16:51 +00001162 word before it. When on a Visual area within one line the
1163 highlighted text is used.
1164 Only valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1165
1166 *v:beval_winnr* *beval_winnr-variable*
1167v:beval_winnr The number of the window, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
1168 valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1169
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001170 *v:charconvert_from* *charconvert_from-variable*
1171v:charconvert_from
1172 The name of the character encoding of a file to be converted.
1173 Only valid while evaluating the 'charconvert' option.
1174
1175 *v:charconvert_to* *charconvert_to-variable*
1176v:charconvert_to
1177 The name of the character encoding of a file after conversion.
1178 Only valid while evaluating the 'charconvert' option.
1179
1180 *v:cmdarg* *cmdarg-variable*
1181v:cmdarg This variable is used for two purposes:
1182 1. The extra arguments given to a file read/write command.
1183 Currently these are "++enc=" and "++ff=". This variable is
1184 set before an autocommand event for a file read/write
1185 command is triggered. There is a leading space to make it
1186 possible to append this variable directly after the
1187 read/write command. Note: The "+cmd" argument isn't
1188 included here, because it will be executed anyway.
1189 2. When printing a PostScript file with ":hardcopy" this is
1190 the argument for the ":hardcopy" command. This can be used
1191 in 'printexpr'.
1192
1193 *v:cmdbang* *cmdbang-variable*
1194v:cmdbang Set like v:cmdarg for a file read/write command. When a "!"
1195 was used the value is 1, otherwise it is 0. Note that this
1196 can only be used in autocommands. For user commands |<bang>|
1197 can be used.
1198
1199 *v:count* *count-variable*
1200v:count The count given for the last Normal mode command. Can be used
1201 to get the count before a mapping. Read-only. Example: >
1202 :map _x :<C-U>echo "the count is " . v:count<CR>
1203< Note: The <C-U> is required to remove the line range that you
1204 get when typing ':' after a count.
1205 "count" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1206
1207 *v:count1* *count1-variable*
1208v:count1 Just like "v:count", but defaults to one when no count is
1209 used.
1210
1211 *v:ctype* *ctype-variable*
1212v:ctype The current locale setting for characters of the runtime
1213 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
1214 current locale encoding. Technical: it's the value of
1215 LC_CTYPE. When not using a locale the value is "C".
1216 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
1217 command.
1218 See |multi-lang|.
1219
1220 *v:dying* *dying-variable*
1221v:dying Normally zero. When a deadly signal is caught it's set to
1222 one. When multiple signals are caught the number increases.
1223 Can be used in an autocommand to check if Vim didn't
1224 terminate normally. {only works on Unix}
1225 Example: >
1226 :au VimLeave * if v:dying | echo "\nAAAAaaaarrrggghhhh!!!\n" | endif
1227<
1228 *v:errmsg* *errmsg-variable*
1229v:errmsg Last given error message. It's allowed to set this variable.
1230 Example: >
1231 :let v:errmsg = ""
1232 :silent! next
1233 :if v:errmsg != ""
1234 : ... handle error
1235< "errmsg" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1236
1237 *v:exception* *exception-variable*
1238v:exception The value of the exception most recently caught and not
1239 finished. See also |v:throwpoint| and |throw-variables|.
1240 Example: >
1241 :try
1242 : throw "oops"
1243 :catch /.*/
1244 : echo "caught" v:exception
1245 :endtry
1246< Output: "caught oops".
1247
Bram Moolenaar19a09a12005-03-04 23:39:37 +00001248 *v:fcs_reason* *fcs_reason-variable*
1249v:fcs_reason The reason why the |FileChangedShell| event was triggered.
1250 Can be used in an autocommand to decide what to do and/or what
1251 to set v:fcs_choice to. Possible values:
1252 deleted file no longer exists
1253 conflict file contents, mode or timestamp was
1254 changed and buffer is modified
1255 changed file contents has changed
1256 mode mode of file changed
1257 time only file timestamp changed
1258
1259 *v:fcs_choice* *fcs_choice-variable*
1260v:fcs_choice What should happen after a |FileChangedShell| event was
1261 triggered. Can be used in an autocommand to tell Vim what to
1262 do with the affected buffer:
1263 reload Reload the buffer (does not work if
1264 the file was deleted).
1265 ask Ask the user what to do, as if there
1266 was no autocommand. Except that when
1267 only the timestamp changed nothing
1268 will happen.
1269 <empty> Nothing, the autocommand should do
1270 everything that needs to be done.
1271 The default is empty. If another (invalid) value is used then
1272 Vim behaves like it is empty, there is no warning message.
1273
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001274 *v:fname_in* *fname_in-variable*
1275v:fname_in The name of the input file. Only valid while evaluating:
1276 option used for ~
1277 'charconvert' file to be converted
1278 'diffexpr' original file
1279 'patchexpr' original file
1280 'printexpr' file to be printed
1281
1282 *v:fname_out* *fname_out-variable*
1283v:fname_out The name of the output file. Only valid while
1284 evaluating:
1285 option used for ~
1286 'charconvert' resulting converted file (*)
1287 'diffexpr' output of diff
1288 'patchexpr' resulting patched file
1289 (*) When doing conversion for a write command (e.g., ":w
1290 file") it will be equal to v:fname_in. When doing conversion
1291 for a read command (e.g., ":e file") it will be a temporary
1292 file and different from v:fname_in.
1293
1294 *v:fname_new* *fname_new-variable*
1295v:fname_new The name of the new version of the file. Only valid while
1296 evaluating 'diffexpr'.
1297
1298 *v:fname_diff* *fname_diff-variable*
1299v:fname_diff The name of the diff (patch) file. Only valid while
1300 evaluating 'patchexpr'.
1301
1302 *v:folddashes* *folddashes-variable*
1303v:folddashes Used for 'foldtext': dashes representing foldlevel of a closed
1304 fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001305 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001306
1307 *v:foldlevel* *foldlevel-variable*
1308v:foldlevel Used for 'foldtext': foldlevel of closed fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001309 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001310
1311 *v:foldend* *foldend-variable*
1312v:foldend Used for 'foldtext': last line of closed fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001313 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001314
1315 *v:foldstart* *foldstart-variable*
1316v:foldstart Used for 'foldtext': first line of closed fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001317 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001318
Bram Moolenaar843ee412004-06-30 16:16:41 +00001319 *v:insertmode* *insertmode-variable*
1320v:insertmode Used for the |InsertEnter| and |InsertChange| autocommand
1321 events. Values:
1322 i Insert mode
1323 r Replace mode
1324 v Virtual Replace mode
1325
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001326 *v:key* *key-variable*
1327v:key Key of the current item of a Dictionary. Only valid while
1328 evaluating the expression used with |map()| and |filter()|.
1329 Read-only.
1330
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001331 *v:lang* *lang-variable*
1332v:lang The current locale setting for messages of the runtime
1333 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
1334 current language. Technical: it's the value of LC_MESSAGES.
1335 The value is system dependent.
1336 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
1337 command.
1338 It can be different from |v:ctype| when messages are desired
1339 in a different language than what is used for character
1340 encoding. See |multi-lang|.
1341
1342 *v:lc_time* *lc_time-variable*
1343v:lc_time The current locale setting for time messages of the runtime
1344 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
1345 current language. Technical: it's the value of LC_TIME.
1346 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
1347 command. See |multi-lang|.
1348
1349 *v:lnum* *lnum-variable*
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001350v:lnum Line number for the 'foldexpr' |fold-expr| and 'indentexpr'
1351 expressions. Only valid while one of these expressions is
1352 being evaluated. Read-only when in the |sandbox|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001353
1354 *v:prevcount* *prevcount-variable*
1355v:prevcount The count given for the last but one Normal mode command.
1356 This is the v:count value of the previous command. Useful if
1357 you want to cancel Visual mode and then use the count. >
1358 :vmap % <Esc>:call MyFilter(v:prevcount)<CR>
1359< Read-only.
1360
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00001361 *v:profiling* *profiling-variable*
1362v:profiling Normally zero. Set to one after using ":profile start".
1363 See |profiling|.
1364
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001365 *v:progname* *progname-variable*
1366v:progname Contains the name (with path removed) with which Vim was
1367 invoked. Allows you to do special initialisations for "view",
1368 "evim" etc., or any other name you might symlink to Vim.
1369 Read-only.
1370
1371 *v:register* *register-variable*
1372v:register The name of the register supplied to the last normal mode
1373 command. Empty if none were supplied. |getreg()| |setreg()|
1374
1375 *v:servername* *servername-variable*
1376v:servername The resulting registered |x11-clientserver| name if any.
1377 Read-only.
1378
1379 *v:shell_error* *shell_error-variable*
1380v:shell_error Result of the last shell command. When non-zero, the last
1381 shell command had an error. When zero, there was no problem.
1382 This only works when the shell returns the error code to Vim.
1383 The value -1 is often used when the command could not be
1384 executed. Read-only.
1385 Example: >
1386 :!mv foo bar
1387 :if v:shell_error
1388 : echo 'could not rename "foo" to "bar"!'
1389 :endif
1390< "shell_error" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1391
1392 *v:statusmsg* *statusmsg-variable*
1393v:statusmsg Last given status message. It's allowed to set this variable.
1394
1395 *v:termresponse* *termresponse-variable*
1396v:termresponse The escape sequence returned by the terminal for the |t_RV|
1397 termcap entry. It is set when Vim receives an escape sequence
1398 that starts with ESC [ or CSI and ends in a 'c', with only
1399 digits, ';' and '.' in between.
1400 When this option is set, the TermResponse autocommand event is
1401 fired, so that you can react to the response from the
1402 terminal.
1403 The response from a new xterm is: "<Esc>[ Pp ; Pv ; Pc c". Pp
1404 is the terminal type: 0 for vt100 and 1 for vt220. Pv is the
1405 patch level (since this was introduced in patch 95, it's
1406 always 95 or bigger). Pc is always zero.
1407 {only when compiled with |+termresponse| feature}
1408
1409 *v:this_session* *this_session-variable*
1410v:this_session Full filename of the last loaded or saved session file. See
1411 |:mksession|. It is allowed to set this variable. When no
1412 session file has been saved, this variable is empty.
1413 "this_session" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1414
1415 *v:throwpoint* *throwpoint-variable*
1416v:throwpoint The point where the exception most recently caught and not
1417 finished was thrown. Not set when commands are typed. See
1418 also |v:exception| and |throw-variables|.
1419 Example: >
1420 :try
1421 : throw "oops"
1422 :catch /.*/
1423 : echo "Exception from" v:throwpoint
1424 :endtry
1425< Output: "Exception from test.vim, line 2"
1426
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001427 *v:val* *val-variable*
1428v:val Value of the current item of a List or Dictionary. Only valid
1429 while evaluating the expression used with |map()| and
1430 |filter()|. Read-only.
1431
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001432 *v:version* *version-variable*
1433v:version Version number of Vim: Major version number times 100 plus
1434 minor version number. Version 5.0 is 500. Version 5.1 (5.01)
1435 is 501. Read-only. "version" also works, for backwards
1436 compatibility.
1437 Use |has()| to check if a certain patch was included, e.g.: >
1438 if has("patch123")
1439< Note that patch numbers are specific to the version, thus both
1440 version 5.0 and 5.1 may have a patch 123, but these are
1441 completely different.
1442
1443 *v:warningmsg* *warningmsg-variable*
1444v:warningmsg Last given warning message. It's allowed to set this variable.
1445
1446==============================================================================
14474. Builtin Functions *functions*
1448
1449See |function-list| for a list grouped by what the function is used for.
1450
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00001451(Use CTRL-] on the function name to jump to the full explanation.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001452
1453USAGE RESULT DESCRIPTION ~
1454
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001455add( {list}, {item}) List append {item} to List {list}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001456append( {lnum}, {string}) Number append {string} below line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00001457append( {lnum}, {list}) Number append lines {list} below line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001458argc() Number number of files in the argument list
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001459argidx() Number current index in the argument list
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001460argv( {nr}) String {nr} entry of the argument list
1461browse( {save}, {title}, {initdir}, {default})
1462 String put up a file requester
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001463browsedir( {title}, {initdir}) String put up a directory requester
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001464bufexists( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} exists
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001465buflisted( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} is listed
1466bufloaded( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} is loaded
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001467bufname( {expr}) String Name of the buffer {expr}
1468bufnr( {expr}) Number Number of the buffer {expr}
1469bufwinnr( {expr}) Number window number of buffer {expr}
1470byte2line( {byte}) Number line number at byte count {byte}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001471byteidx( {expr}, {nr}) Number byte index of {nr}'th char in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001472call( {func}, {arglist} [, {dict}])
1473 any call {func} with arguments {arglist}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001474char2nr( {expr}) Number ASCII value of first char in {expr}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001475cindent( {lnum}) Number C indent for line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001476col( {expr}) Number column nr of cursor or mark
Bram Moolenaar572cb562005-08-05 21:35:02 +00001477complete_add( {expr}) Number add completion match
1478complete_check() Number check for key typed during completion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001479confirm( {msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
1480 Number number of choice picked by user
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001481copy( {expr}) any make a shallow copy of {expr}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001482count( {list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]])
1483 Number count how many {expr} are in {list}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001484cscope_connection( [{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]])
1485 Number checks existence of cscope connection
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001486cursor( {lnum}, {col}) Number position cursor at {lnum}, {col}
1487deepcopy( {expr}) any make a full copy of {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001488delete( {fname}) Number delete file {fname}
1489did_filetype() Number TRUE if FileType autocommand event used
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001490diff_filler( {lnum}) Number diff filler lines about {lnum}
1491diff_hlID( {lnum}, {col}) Number diff highlighting at {lnum}/{col}
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00001492empty( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} is empty
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001493escape( {string}, {chars}) String escape {chars} in {string} with '\'
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00001494eval( {string}) any evaluate {string} into its value
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001495eventhandler( ) Number TRUE if inside an event handler
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001496executable( {expr}) Number 1 if executable {expr} exists
1497exists( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} exists
1498expand( {expr}) String expand special keywords in {expr}
1499filereadable( {file}) Number TRUE if {file} is a readable file
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001500filter( {expr}, {string}) List/Dict remove items from {expr} where
1501 {string} is 0
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001502finddir( {name}[, {path}[, {count}]])
1503 String Find directory {name} in {path}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001504findfile( {name}[, {path}[, {count}]])
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001505 String Find file {name} in {path}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001506filewritable( {file}) Number TRUE if {file} is a writable file
1507fnamemodify( {fname}, {mods}) String modify file name
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001508foldclosed( {lnum}) Number first line of fold at {lnum} if closed
1509foldclosedend( {lnum}) Number last line of fold at {lnum} if closed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001510foldlevel( {lnum}) Number fold level at {lnum}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001511foldtext( ) String line displayed for closed fold
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001512foreground( ) Number bring the Vim window to the foreground
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001513function( {name}) Funcref reference to function {name}
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001514get( {list}, {idx} [, {def}]) any get item {idx} from {list} or {def}
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001515get( {dict}, {key} [, {def}]) any get item {key} from {dict} or {def}
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00001516getbufline( {expr}, {lnum} [, {end}])
1517 List lines {lnum} to {end} of buffer {expr}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001518getchar( [expr]) Number get one character from the user
1519getcharmod( ) Number modifiers for the last typed character
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001520getbufvar( {expr}, {varname}) variable {varname} in buffer {expr}
1521getcmdline() String return the current command-line
1522getcmdpos() Number return cursor position in command-line
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00001523getcmdtype() String return the current command-line type
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001524getcwd() String the current working directory
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00001525getfperm( {fname}) String file permissions of file {fname}
1526getfsize( {fname}) Number size in bytes of file {fname}
Bram Moolenaard8b0cf12004-12-12 11:33:30 +00001527getfontname( [{name}]) String name of font being used
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001528getftime( {fname}) Number last modification time of file
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00001529getftype( {fname}) String description of type of file {fname}
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00001530getline( {lnum}) String line {lnum} of current buffer
1531getline( {lnum}, {end}) List lines {lnum} to {end} of current buffer
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00001532getqflist() List list of quickfix items
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00001533getreg( [{regname} [, 1]]) String contents of register
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001534getregtype( [{regname}]) String type of register
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001535getwinposx() Number X coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
1536getwinposy() Number Y coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
1537getwinvar( {nr}, {varname}) variable {varname} in window {nr}
1538glob( {expr}) String expand file wildcards in {expr}
1539globpath( {path}, {expr}) String do glob({expr}) for all dirs in {path}
1540has( {feature}) Number TRUE if feature {feature} supported
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001541has_key( {dict}, {key}) Number TRUE if {dict} has entry {key}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001542hasmapto( {what} [, {mode}]) Number TRUE if mapping to {what} exists
1543histadd( {history},{item}) String add an item to a history
1544histdel( {history} [, {item}]) String remove an item from a history
1545histget( {history} [, {index}]) String get the item {index} from a history
1546histnr( {history}) Number highest index of a history
1547hlexists( {name}) Number TRUE if highlight group {name} exists
1548hlID( {name}) Number syntax ID of highlight group {name}
1549hostname() String name of the machine Vim is running on
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001550iconv( {expr}, {from}, {to}) String convert encoding of {expr}
1551indent( {lnum}) Number indent of line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001552index( {list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]])
1553 Number index in {list} where {expr} appears
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00001554input( {prompt} [, {text} [, {completion}]])
1555 String get input from the user
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001556inputdialog( {p} [, {t} [, {c}]]) String like input() but in a GUI dialog
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001557inputrestore() Number restore typeahead
1558inputsave() Number save and clear typeahead
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001559inputsecret( {prompt} [, {text}]) String like input() but hiding the text
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001560insert( {list}, {item} [, {idx}]) List insert {item} in {list} [before {idx}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001561isdirectory( {directory}) Number TRUE if {directory} is a directory
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00001562islocked( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} is locked
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001563items( {dict}) List List of key-value pairs in {dict}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001564join( {list} [, {sep}]) String join {list} items into one String
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00001565keys( {dict}) List List of keys in {dict}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001566len( {expr}) Number the length of {expr}
1567libcall( {lib}, {func}, {arg}) String call {func} in library {lib} with {arg}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001568libcallnr( {lib}, {func}, {arg}) Number idem, but return a Number
1569line( {expr}) Number line nr of cursor, last line or mark
1570line2byte( {lnum}) Number byte count of line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001571lispindent( {lnum}) Number Lisp indent for line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001572localtime() Number current time
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001573map( {expr}, {string}) List/Dict change each item in {expr} to {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001574maparg( {name}[, {mode}]) String rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}
1575mapcheck( {name}[, {mode}]) String check for mappings matching {name}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001576match( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001577 Number position where {pat} matches in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001578matchend( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001579 Number position where {pat} ends in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00001580matchlist( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
1581 List match and submatches of {pat} in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001582matchstr( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
1583 String {count}'th match of {pat} in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00001584max({list}) Number maximum value of items in {list}
1585min({list}) Number minumum value of items in {list}
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00001586mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
1587 Number create directory {name}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001588mode() String current editing mode
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001589nextnonblank( {lnum}) Number line nr of non-blank line >= {lnum}
1590nr2char( {expr}) String single char with ASCII value {expr}
1591prevnonblank( {lnum}) Number line nr of non-blank line <= {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00001592printf( {fmt}, {expr1}...) String format text
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00001593range( {expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])
1594 List items from {expr} to {max}
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00001595readfile({fname} [, {binary} [, {max}]])
1596 List get list of lines from file {fname}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001597remote_expr( {server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
1598 String send expression
1599remote_foreground( {server}) Number bring Vim server to the foreground
1600remote_peek( {serverid} [, {retvar}])
1601 Number check for reply string
1602remote_read( {serverid}) String read reply string
1603remote_send( {server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
1604 String send key sequence
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001605remove( {list}, {idx} [, {end}]) any remove items {idx}-{end} from {list}
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00001606remove( {dict}, {key}) any remove entry {key} from {dict}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001607rename( {from}, {to}) Number rename (move) file from {from} to {to}
1608repeat( {expr}, {count}) String repeat {expr} {count} times
1609resolve( {filename}) String get filename a shortcut points to
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001610reverse( {list}) List reverse {list} in-place
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001611search( {pattern} [, {flags}]) Number search for {pattern}
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00001612searchdecl({name} [, {global} [, {thisblock}]])
1613 Number search for variable declaration
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001614searchpair( {start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip}]])
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001615 Number search for other end of start/end pair
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001616server2client( {clientid}, {string})
1617 Number send reply string
1618serverlist() String get a list of available servers
1619setbufvar( {expr}, {varname}, {val}) set {varname} in buffer {expr} to {val}
1620setcmdpos( {pos}) Number set cursor position in command-line
1621setline( {lnum}, {line}) Number set line {lnum} to {line}
Bram Moolenaar35c54e52005-05-20 21:25:31 +00001622setqflist( {list}[, {action}]) Number set list of quickfix items using {list}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001623setreg( {n}, {v}[, {opt}]) Number set register to value and type
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001624setwinvar( {nr}, {varname}, {val}) set {varname} in window {nr} to {val}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001625simplify( {filename}) String simplify filename as much as possible
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001626sort( {list} [, {func}]) List sort {list}, using {func} to compare
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00001627soundfold( {word}) String sound-fold {word}
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00001628spellbadword() String badly spelled word at cursor
Bram Moolenaar92d640f2005-09-05 22:11:52 +00001629spellsuggest( {word} [, {max}]) List spelling suggestions
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00001630split( {expr} [, {pat} [, {keepempty}]])
1631 List make List from {pat} separated {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001632strftime( {format}[, {time}]) String time in specified format
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00001633stridx( {haystack}, {needle}[, {start}])
1634 Number index of {needle} in {haystack}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001635string( {expr}) String String representation of {expr} value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001636strlen( {expr}) Number length of the String {expr}
1637strpart( {src}, {start}[, {len}])
1638 String {len} characters of {src} at {start}
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001639strridx( {haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])
1640 Number last index of {needle} in {haystack}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001641strtrans( {expr}) String translate string to make it printable
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001642submatch( {nr}) String specific match in ":substitute"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001643substitute( {expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})
1644 String all {pat} in {expr} replaced with {sub}
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00001645synID( {lnum}, {col}, {trans}) Number syntax ID at {lnum} and {col}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001646synIDattr( {synID}, {what} [, {mode}])
1647 String attribute {what} of syntax ID {synID}
1648synIDtrans( {synID}) Number translated syntax ID of {synID}
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00001649system( {expr} [, {input}]) String output of shell command/filter {expr}
Bram Moolenaare7eb9df2005-09-09 19:49:30 +00001650taglist( {expr}) List list of tags matching {expr}
1651tagfiles() List tags files used
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001652tempname() String name for a temporary file
1653tolower( {expr}) String the String {expr} switched to lowercase
1654toupper( {expr}) String the String {expr} switched to uppercase
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001655tr( {src}, {fromstr}, {tostr}) String translate chars of {src} in {fromstr}
1656 to chars in {tostr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001657type( {name}) Number type of variable {name}
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001658values( {dict}) List List of values in {dict}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001659virtcol( {expr}) Number screen column of cursor or mark
1660visualmode( [expr]) String last visual mode used
1661winbufnr( {nr}) Number buffer number of window {nr}
1662wincol() Number window column of the cursor
1663winheight( {nr}) Number height of window {nr}
1664winline() Number window line of the cursor
1665winnr() Number number of current window
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001666winrestcmd() String returns command to restore window sizes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001667winwidth( {nr}) Number width of window {nr}
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00001668writefile({list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
1669 Number write list of lines to file {fname}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001670
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001671add({list}, {expr}) *add()*
1672 Append the item {expr} to List {list}. Returns the resulting
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00001673 List. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001674 :let alist = add([1, 2, 3], item)
1675 :call add(mylist, "woodstock")
1676< Note that when {expr} is a List it is appended as a single
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001677 item. Use |extend()| to concatenate Lists.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00001678 Use |insert()| to add an item at another position.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001679
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001680
1681append({lnum}, {expr}) *append()*
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00001682 When {expr} is a List: Append each item of the List as a text
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001683 line below line {lnum} in the current buffer.
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00001684 Otherwise append {expr} as one text line below line {lnum} in
1685 the current buffer.
1686 {lnum} can be zero to insert a line before the first one.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001687 Returns 1 for failure ({lnum} out of range or out of memory),
1688 0 for success. Example: >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001689 :let failed = append(line('$'), "# THE END")
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001690 :let failed = append(0, ["Chapter 1", "the beginning"])
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001691<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001692 *argc()*
1693argc() The result is the number of files in the argument list of the
1694 current window. See |arglist|.
1695
1696 *argidx()*
1697argidx() The result is the current index in the argument list. 0 is
1698 the first file. argc() - 1 is the last one. See |arglist|.
1699
1700 *argv()*
1701argv({nr}) The result is the {nr}th file in the argument list of the
1702 current window. See |arglist|. "argv(0)" is the first one.
1703 Example: >
1704 :let i = 0
1705 :while i < argc()
1706 : let f = escape(argv(i), '. ')
1707 : exe 'amenu Arg.' . f . ' :e ' . f . '<CR>'
1708 : let i = i + 1
1709 :endwhile
1710<
1711 *browse()*
1712browse({save}, {title}, {initdir}, {default})
1713 Put up a file requester. This only works when "has("browse")"
1714 returns non-zero (only in some GUI versions).
1715 The input fields are:
1716 {save} when non-zero, select file to write
1717 {title} title for the requester
1718 {initdir} directory to start browsing in
1719 {default} default file name
1720 When the "Cancel" button is hit, something went wrong, or
1721 browsing is not possible, an empty string is returned.
1722
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001723 *browsedir()*
1724browsedir({title}, {initdir})
1725 Put up a directory requester. This only works when
1726 "has("browse")" returns non-zero (only in some GUI versions).
1727 On systems where a directory browser is not supported a file
1728 browser is used. In that case: select a file in the directory
1729 to be used.
1730 The input fields are:
1731 {title} title for the requester
1732 {initdir} directory to start browsing in
1733 When the "Cancel" button is hit, something went wrong, or
1734 browsing is not possible, an empty string is returned.
1735
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001736bufexists({expr}) *bufexists()*
1737 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
1738 {expr} exists.
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001739 If the {expr} argument is a number, buffer numbers are used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001740 If the {expr} argument is a string it must match a buffer name
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001741 exactly. The name can be:
1742 - Relative to the current directory.
1743 - A full path.
1744 - The name of a buffer with 'filetype' set to "nofile".
1745 - A URL name.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001746 Unlisted buffers will be found.
1747 Note that help files are listed by their short name in the
1748 output of |:buffers|, but bufexists() requires using their
1749 long name to be able to find them.
1750 Use "bufexists(0)" to test for the existence of an alternate
1751 file name.
1752 *buffer_exists()*
1753 Obsolete name: buffer_exists().
1754
1755buflisted({expr}) *buflisted()*
1756 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
1757 {expr} exists and is listed (has the 'buflisted' option set).
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001758 The {expr} argument is used like with |bufexists()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001759
1760bufloaded({expr}) *bufloaded()*
1761 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
1762 {expr} exists and is loaded (shown in a window or hidden).
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001763 The {expr} argument is used like with |bufexists()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001764
1765bufname({expr}) *bufname()*
1766 The result is the name of a buffer, as it is displayed by the
1767 ":ls" command.
1768 If {expr} is a Number, that buffer number's name is given.
1769 Number zero is the alternate buffer for the current window.
1770 If {expr} is a String, it is used as a |file-pattern| to match
1771 with the buffer names. This is always done like 'magic' is
1772 set and 'cpoptions' is empty. When there is more than one
1773 match an empty string is returned.
1774 "" or "%" can be used for the current buffer, "#" for the
1775 alternate buffer.
1776 A full match is preferred, otherwise a match at the start, end
1777 or middle of the buffer name is accepted.
1778 Listed buffers are found first. If there is a single match
1779 with a listed buffer, that one is returned. Next unlisted
1780 buffers are searched for.
1781 If the {expr} is a String, but you want to use it as a buffer
1782 number, force it to be a Number by adding zero to it: >
1783 :echo bufname("3" + 0)
1784< If the buffer doesn't exist, or doesn't have a name, an empty
1785 string is returned. >
1786 bufname("#") alternate buffer name
1787 bufname(3) name of buffer 3
1788 bufname("%") name of current buffer
1789 bufname("file2") name of buffer where "file2" matches.
1790< *buffer_name()*
1791 Obsolete name: buffer_name().
1792
1793 *bufnr()*
1794bufnr({expr}) The result is the number of a buffer, as it is displayed by
1795 the ":ls" command. For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()|
1796 above. If the buffer doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
1797 bufnr("$") is the last buffer: >
1798 :let last_buffer = bufnr("$")
1799< The result is a Number, which is the highest buffer number
1800 of existing buffers. Note that not all buffers with a smaller
1801 number necessarily exist, because ":bwipeout" may have removed
1802 them. Use bufexists() to test for the existence of a buffer.
1803 *buffer_number()*
1804 Obsolete name: buffer_number().
1805 *last_buffer_nr()*
1806 Obsolete name for bufnr("$"): last_buffer_nr().
1807
1808bufwinnr({expr}) *bufwinnr()*
1809 The result is a Number, which is the number of the first
1810 window associated with buffer {expr}. For the use of {expr},
1811 see |bufname()| above. If buffer {expr} doesn't exist or
1812 there is no such window, -1 is returned. Example: >
1813
1814 echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " . (bufwinnr(1))
1815
1816< The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w"
1817 |:wincmd|.
1818
1819
1820byte2line({byte}) *byte2line()*
1821 Return the line number that contains the character at byte
1822 count {byte} in the current buffer. This includes the
1823 end-of-line character, depending on the 'fileformat' option
1824 for the current buffer. The first character has byte count
1825 one.
1826 Also see |line2byte()|, |go| and |:goto|.
1827 {not available when compiled without the |+byte_offset|
1828 feature}
1829
Bram Moolenaarab79bcb2004-07-18 21:34:53 +00001830byteidx({expr}, {nr}) *byteidx()*
1831 Return byte index of the {nr}'th character in the string
1832 {expr}. Use zero for the first character, it returns zero.
1833 This function is only useful when there are multibyte
1834 characters, otherwise the returned value is equal to {nr}.
1835 Composing characters are counted as a separate character.
1836 Example : >
1837 echo matchstr(str, ".", byteidx(str, 3))
1838< will display the fourth character. Another way to do the
1839 same: >
1840 let s = strpart(str, byteidx(str, 3))
1841 echo strpart(s, 0, byteidx(s, 1))
1842< If there are less than {nr} characters -1 is returned.
1843 If there are exactly {nr} characters the length of the string
1844 is returned.
1845
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001846call({func}, {arglist} [, {dict}]) *call()* *E699*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001847 Call function {func} with the items in List {arglist} as
1848 arguments.
1849 {func} can either be a Funcref or the name of a function.
1850 a:firstline and a:lastline are set to the cursor line.
1851 Returns the return value of the called function.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001852 {dict} is for functions with the "dict" attribute. It will be
1853 used to set the local variable "self". |Dictionary-function|
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001854
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001855char2nr({expr}) *char2nr()*
1856 Return number value of the first char in {expr}. Examples: >
1857 char2nr(" ") returns 32
1858 char2nr("ABC") returns 65
1859< The current 'encoding' is used. Example for "utf-8": >
1860 char2nr("á") returns 225
1861 char2nr("á"[0]) returns 195
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00001862< nr2char() does the opposite.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001863
1864cindent({lnum}) *cindent()*
1865 Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the C
1866 indenting rules, as with 'cindent'.
1867 The indent is counted in spaces, the value of 'tabstop' is
1868 relevant. {lnum} is used just like in |getline()|.
1869 When {lnum} is invalid or Vim was not compiled the |+cindent|
1870 feature, -1 is returned.
1871
1872 *col()*
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00001873col({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001874 position given with {expr}. The accepted positions are:
1875 . the cursor position
1876 $ the end of the cursor line (the result is the
1877 number of characters in the cursor line plus one)
1878 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
1879 returned)
1880 For the screen column position use |virtcol()|.
1881 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
1882 Examples: >
1883 col(".") column of cursor
1884 col("$") length of cursor line plus one
1885 col("'t") column of mark t
1886 col("'" . markname) column of mark markname
1887< The first column is 1. 0 is returned for an error.
1888 For the cursor position, when 'virtualedit' is active, the
1889 column is one higher if the cursor is after the end of the
1890 line. This can be used to obtain the column in Insert mode: >
1891 :imap <F2> <C-O>:let save_ve = &ve<CR>
1892 \<C-O>:set ve=all<CR>
1893 \<C-O>:echo col(".") . "\n" <Bar>
1894 \let &ve = save_ve<CR>
1895<
Bram Moolenaar572cb562005-08-05 21:35:02 +00001896
1897complete_add({expr}) *complete_add()*
1898 Add {expr} to the list of matches. Only to be used by the
1899 function specified with the 'completefunc' option.
1900 Returns 0 for failure (empty string or out of memory),
1901 1 when the match was added, 2 when the match was already in
1902 the list.
1903
1904complete_check() *complete_check()*
1905 Check for a key typed while looking for completion matches.
1906 This is to be used when looking for matches takes some time.
1907 Returns non-zero when searching for matches is to be aborted,
1908 zero otherwise.
1909 Only to be used by the function specified with the
1910 'completefunc' option.
1911
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001912 *confirm()*
1913confirm({msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
1914 Confirm() offers the user a dialog, from which a choice can be
1915 made. It returns the number of the choice. For the first
1916 choice this is 1.
1917 Note: confirm() is only supported when compiled with dialog
1918 support, see |+dialog_con| and |+dialog_gui|.
1919 {msg} is displayed in a |dialog| with {choices} as the
1920 alternatives. When {choices} is missing or empty, "&OK" is
1921 used (and translated).
1922 {msg} is a String, use '\n' to include a newline. Only on
1923 some systems the string is wrapped when it doesn't fit.
1924 {choices} is a String, with the individual choices separated
1925 by '\n', e.g. >
1926 confirm("Save changes?", "&Yes\n&No\n&Cancel")
1927< The letter after the '&' is the shortcut key for that choice.
1928 Thus you can type 'c' to select "Cancel". The shortcut does
1929 not need to be the first letter: >
1930 confirm("file has been modified", "&Save\nSave &All")
1931< For the console, the first letter of each choice is used as
1932 the default shortcut key.
1933 The optional {default} argument is the number of the choice
1934 that is made if the user hits <CR>. Use 1 to make the first
1935 choice the default one. Use 0 to not set a default. If
1936 {default} is omitted, 1 is used.
1937 The optional {type} argument gives the type of dialog. This
1938 is only used for the icon of the Win32 GUI. It can be one of
1939 these values: "Error", "Question", "Info", "Warning" or
1940 "Generic". Only the first character is relevant. When {type}
1941 is omitted, "Generic" is used.
1942 If the user aborts the dialog by pressing <Esc>, CTRL-C,
1943 or another valid interrupt key, confirm() returns 0.
1944
1945 An example: >
1946 :let choice = confirm("What do you want?", "&Apples\n&Oranges\n&Bananas", 2)
1947 :if choice == 0
1948 : echo "make up your mind!"
1949 :elseif choice == 3
1950 : echo "tasteful"
1951 :else
1952 : echo "I prefer bananas myself."
1953 :endif
1954< In a GUI dialog, buttons are used. The layout of the buttons
1955 depends on the 'v' flag in 'guioptions'. If it is included,
1956 the buttons are always put vertically. Otherwise, confirm()
1957 tries to put the buttons in one horizontal line. If they
1958 don't fit, a vertical layout is used anyway. For some systems
1959 the horizontal layout is always used.
1960
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001961 *copy()*
1962copy({expr}) Make a copy of {expr}. For Numbers and Strings this isn't
1963 different from using {expr} directly.
1964 When {expr} is a List a shallow copy is created. This means
1965 that the original List can be changed without changing the
1966 copy, and vise versa. But the items are identical, thus
1967 changing an item changes the contents of both Lists. Also see
1968 |deepcopy()|.
1969
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001970count({comp}, {expr} [, {ic} [, {start}]]) *count()*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001971 Return the number of times an item with value {expr} appears
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001972 in List or Dictionary {comp}.
1973 If {start} is given then start with the item with this index.
1974 {start} can only be used with a List.
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001975 When {ic} is given and it's non-zero then case is ignored.
1976
1977
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001978 *cscope_connection()*
1979cscope_connection([{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]])
1980 Checks for the existence of a |cscope| connection. If no
1981 parameters are specified, then the function returns:
1982 0, if cscope was not available (not compiled in), or
1983 if there are no cscope connections;
1984 1, if there is at least one cscope connection.
1985
1986 If parameters are specified, then the value of {num}
1987 determines how existence of a cscope connection is checked:
1988
1989 {num} Description of existence check
1990 ----- ------------------------------
1991 0 Same as no parameters (e.g., "cscope_connection()").
1992 1 Ignore {prepend}, and use partial string matches for
1993 {dbpath}.
1994 2 Ignore {prepend}, and use exact string matches for
1995 {dbpath}.
1996 3 Use {prepend}, use partial string matches for both
1997 {dbpath} and {prepend}.
1998 4 Use {prepend}, use exact string matches for both
1999 {dbpath} and {prepend}.
2000
2001 Note: All string comparisons are case sensitive!
2002
2003 Examples. Suppose we had the following (from ":cs show"): >
2004
2005 # pid database name prepend path
2006 0 27664 cscope.out /usr/local
2007<
2008 Invocation Return Val ~
2009 ---------- ---------- >
2010 cscope_connection() 1
2011 cscope_connection(1, "out") 1
2012 cscope_connection(2, "out") 0
2013 cscope_connection(3, "out") 0
2014 cscope_connection(3, "out", "local") 1
2015 cscope_connection(4, "out") 0
2016 cscope_connection(4, "out", "local") 0
2017 cscope_connection(4, "cscope.out", "/usr/local") 1
2018<
2019cursor({lnum}, {col}) *cursor()*
2020 Positions the cursor at the column {col} in the line {lnum}.
Bram Moolenaar6f16eb82005-08-23 21:02:42 +00002021 The first column is one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002022 Does not change the jumplist.
2023 If {lnum} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer,
2024 the cursor will be positioned at the last line in the buffer.
2025 If {lnum} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current line.
Bram Moolenaar6f16eb82005-08-23 21:02:42 +00002026 If {col} is greater than the number of bytes in the line,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002027 the cursor will be positioned at the last character in the
2028 line.
2029 If {col} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current column.
2030
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002031
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00002032deepcopy({expr}[, {noref}]) *deepcopy()* *E698*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002033 Make a copy of {expr}. For Numbers and Strings this isn't
2034 different from using {expr} directly.
2035 When {expr} is a List a full copy is created. This means
2036 that the original List can be changed without changing the
2037 copy, and vise versa. When an item is a List, a copy for it
2038 is made, recursively. Thus changing an item in the copy does
2039 not change the contents of the original List.
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00002040 When {noref} is omitted or zero a contained List or Dictionary
2041 is only copied once. All references point to this single
2042 copy. With {noref} set to 1 every occurrence of a List or
2043 Dictionary results in a new copy. This also means that a
2044 cyclic reference causes deepcopy() to fail.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00002045 *E724*
2046 Nesting is possible up to 100 levels. When there is an item
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00002047 that refers back to a higher level making a deep copy with
2048 {noref} set to 1 will fail.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002049 Also see |copy()|.
2050
2051delete({fname}) *delete()*
2052 Deletes the file by the name {fname}. The result is a Number,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002053 which is 0 if the file was deleted successfully, and non-zero
2054 when the deletion failed.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002055 Use |remove()| to delete an item from a List.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002056
2057 *did_filetype()*
2058did_filetype() Returns non-zero when autocommands are being executed and the
2059 FileType event has been triggered at least once. Can be used
2060 to avoid triggering the FileType event again in the scripts
2061 that detect the file type. |FileType|
2062 When editing another file, the counter is reset, thus this
2063 really checks if the FileType event has been triggered for the
2064 current buffer. This allows an autocommand that starts
2065 editing another buffer to set 'filetype' and load a syntax
2066 file.
2067
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00002068diff_filler({lnum}) *diff_filler()*
2069 Returns the number of filler lines above line {lnum}.
2070 These are the lines that were inserted at this point in
2071 another diff'ed window. These filler lines are shown in the
2072 display but don't exist in the buffer.
2073 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
2074 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
2075 Returns 0 if the current window is not in diff mode.
2076
2077diff_hlID({lnum}, {col}) *diff_hlID()*
2078 Returns the highlight ID for diff mode at line {lnum} column
2079 {col} (byte index). When the current line does not have a
2080 diff change zero is returned.
2081 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
2082 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
2083 {col} is 1 for the leftmost column, {lnum} is 1 for the first
2084 line.
2085 The highlight ID can be used with |synIDattr()| to obtain
2086 syntax information about the highlighting.
2087
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00002088empty({expr}) *empty()*
2089 Return the Number 1 if {expr} is empty, zero otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002090 A List or Dictionary is empty when it does not have any items.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00002091 A Number is empty when its value is zero.
2092 For a long List this is much faster then comparing the length
2093 with zero.
2094
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002095escape({string}, {chars}) *escape()*
2096 Escape the characters in {chars} that occur in {string} with a
2097 backslash. Example: >
2098 :echo escape('c:\program files\vim', ' \')
2099< results in: >
2100 c:\\program\ files\\vim
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002101
2102< *eval()*
2103eval({string}) Evaluate {string} and return the result. Especially useful to
2104 turn the result of |string()| back into the original value.
2105 This works for Numbers, Strings and composites of them.
2106 Also works for Funcrefs that refer to existing functions.
2107
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002108eventhandler() *eventhandler()*
2109 Returns 1 when inside an event handler. That is that Vim got
2110 interrupted while waiting for the user to type a character,
2111 e.g., when dropping a file on Vim. This means interactive
2112 commands cannot be used. Otherwise zero is returned.
2113
2114executable({expr}) *executable()*
2115 This function checks if an executable with the name {expr}
2116 exists. {expr} must be the name of the program without any
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00002117 arguments.
2118 executable() uses the value of $PATH and/or the normal
2119 searchpath for programs. *PATHEXT*
2120 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows the ".exe", ".bat", etc. can
2121 optionally be included. Then the extensions in $PATHEXT are
2122 tried. Thus if "foo.exe" does not exist, "foo.exe.bat" can be
2123 found. If $PATHEXT is not set then ".exe;.com;.bat;.cmd" is
2124 used. A dot by itself can be used in $PATHEXT to try using
2125 the name without an extension. When 'shell' looks like a
2126 Unix shell, then the name is also tried without adding an
2127 extension.
2128 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows it only checks if the file exists and
2129 is not a directory, not if it's really executable.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002130 The result is a Number:
2131 1 exists
2132 0 does not exist
2133 -1 not implemented on this system
2134
2135 *exists()*
2136exists({expr}) The result is a Number, which is non-zero if {expr} is
2137 defined, zero otherwise. The {expr} argument is a string,
2138 which contains one of these:
2139 &option-name Vim option (only checks if it exists,
2140 not if it really works)
2141 +option-name Vim option that works.
2142 $ENVNAME environment variable (could also be
2143 done by comparing with an empty
2144 string)
2145 *funcname built-in function (see |functions|)
2146 or user defined function (see
2147 |user-functions|).
2148 varname internal variable (see
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00002149 |internal-variables|). Also works
2150 for |curly-braces-names|, Dictionary
2151 entries, List items, etc. Beware that
2152 this may cause functions to be
2153 invoked cause an error message for an
2154 invalid expression.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002155 :cmdname Ex command: built-in command, user
2156 command or command modifier |:command|.
2157 Returns:
2158 1 for match with start of a command
2159 2 full match with a command
2160 3 matches several user commands
2161 To check for a supported command
2162 always check the return value to be 2.
2163 #event autocommand defined for this event
2164 #event#pattern autocommand defined for this event and
2165 pattern (the pattern is taken
2166 literally and compared to the
2167 autocommand patterns character by
2168 character)
2169 For checking for a supported feature use |has()|.
2170
2171 Examples: >
2172 exists("&shortname")
2173 exists("$HOSTNAME")
2174 exists("*strftime")
2175 exists("*s:MyFunc")
2176 exists("bufcount")
2177 exists(":Make")
2178 exists("#CursorHold");
2179 exists("#BufReadPre#*.gz")
2180< There must be no space between the symbol (&/$/*/#) and the
2181 name.
2182 Note that the argument must be a string, not the name of the
2183 variable itself! For example: >
2184 exists(bufcount)
2185< This doesn't check for existence of the "bufcount" variable,
2186 but gets the contents of "bufcount", and checks if that
2187 exists.
2188
2189expand({expr} [, {flag}]) *expand()*
2190 Expand wildcards and the following special keywords in {expr}.
2191 The result is a String.
2192
2193 When there are several matches, they are separated by <NL>
2194 characters. [Note: in version 5.0 a space was used, which
2195 caused problems when a file name contains a space]
2196
2197 If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string. A name
2198 for a non-existing file is not included.
2199
2200 When {expr} starts with '%', '#' or '<', the expansion is done
2201 like for the |cmdline-special| variables with their associated
2202 modifiers. Here is a short overview:
2203
2204 % current file name
2205 # alternate file name
2206 #n alternate file name n
2207 <cfile> file name under the cursor
2208 <afile> autocmd file name
2209 <abuf> autocmd buffer number (as a String!)
2210 <amatch> autocmd matched name
2211 <sfile> sourced script file name
2212 <cword> word under the cursor
2213 <cWORD> WORD under the cursor
2214 <client> the {clientid} of the last received
2215 message |server2client()|
2216 Modifiers:
2217 :p expand to full path
2218 :h head (last path component removed)
2219 :t tail (last path component only)
2220 :r root (one extension removed)
2221 :e extension only
2222
2223 Example: >
2224 :let &tags = expand("%:p:h") . "/tags"
2225< Note that when expanding a string that starts with '%', '#' or
2226 '<', any following text is ignored. This does NOT work: >
2227 :let doesntwork = expand("%:h.bak")
2228< Use this: >
2229 :let doeswork = expand("%:h") . ".bak"
2230< Also note that expanding "<cfile>" and others only returns the
2231 referenced file name without further expansion. If "<cfile>"
2232 is "~/.cshrc", you need to do another expand() to have the
2233 "~/" expanded into the path of the home directory: >
2234 :echo expand(expand("<cfile>"))
2235<
2236 There cannot be white space between the variables and the
2237 following modifier. The |fnamemodify()| function can be used
2238 to modify normal file names.
2239
2240 When using '%' or '#', and the current or alternate file name
2241 is not defined, an empty string is used. Using "%:p" in a
2242 buffer with no name, results in the current directory, with a
2243 '/' added.
2244
2245 When {expr} does not start with '%', '#' or '<', it is
2246 expanded like a file name is expanded on the command line.
2247 'suffixes' and 'wildignore' are used, unless the optional
2248 {flag} argument is given and it is non-zero. Names for
Bram Moolenaar02743632005-07-25 20:42:36 +00002249 non-existing files are included. The "**" item can be used to
2250 search in a directory tree. For example, to find all "README"
2251 files in the current directory and below: >
2252 :echo expand("**/README")
2253<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002254 Expand() can also be used to expand variables and environment
2255 variables that are only known in a shell. But this can be
2256 slow, because a shell must be started. See |expr-env-expand|.
2257 The expanded variable is still handled like a list of file
2258 names. When an environment variable cannot be expanded, it is
2259 left unchanged. Thus ":echo expand('$FOOBAR')" results in
2260 "$FOOBAR".
2261
2262 See |glob()| for finding existing files. See |system()| for
2263 getting the raw output of an external command.
2264
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002265extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}]) *extend()*
2266 {expr1} and {expr2} must be both Lists or both Dictionaries.
2267
2268 If they are Lists: Append {expr2} to {expr1}.
2269 If {expr3} is given insert the items of {expr2} before item
2270 {expr3} in {expr1}. When {expr3} is zero insert before the
2271 first item. When {expr3} is equal to len({expr1}) then
2272 {expr2} is appended.
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002273 Examples: >
2274 :echo sort(extend(mylist, [7, 5]))
2275 :call extend(mylist, [2, 3], 1)
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002276< Use |add()| to concatenate one item to a list. To concatenate
2277 two lists into a new list use the + operator: >
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002278 :let newlist = [1, 2, 3] + [4, 5]
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002279<
2280 If they are Dictionaries:
2281 Add all entries from {expr2} to {expr1}.
2282 If a key exists in both {expr1} and {expr2} then {expr3} is
2283 used to decide what to do:
2284 {expr3} = "keep": keep the value of {expr1}
2285 {expr3} = "force": use the value of {expr2}
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +00002286 {expr3} = "error": give an error message *E737*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002287 When {expr3} is omitted then "force" is assumed.
2288
2289 {expr1} is changed when {expr2} is not empty. If necessary
2290 make a copy of {expr1} first.
2291 {expr2} remains unchanged.
2292 Returns {expr1}.
2293
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002294
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002295filereadable({file}) *filereadable()*
2296 The result is a Number, which is TRUE when a file with the
2297 name {file} exists, and can be read. If {file} doesn't exist,
2298 or is a directory, the result is FALSE. {file} is any
2299 expression, which is used as a String.
2300 *file_readable()*
2301 Obsolete name: file_readable().
2302
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002303
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002304filter({expr}, {string}) *filter()*
2305 {expr} must be a List or a Dictionary.
2306 For each item in {expr} evaluate {string} and when the result
2307 is zero remove the item from the List or Dictionary.
2308 Inside {string} |v:val| has the value of the current item.
2309 For a Dictionary |v:key| has the key of the current item.
2310 Examples: >
2311 :call filter(mylist, 'v:val !~ "OLD"')
2312< Removes the items where "OLD" appears. >
2313 :call filter(mydict, 'v:key >= 8')
2314< Removes the items with a key below 8. >
2315 :call filter(var, 0)
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00002316< Removes all the items, thus clears the List or Dictionary.
2317
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002318 Note that {string} is the result of expression and is then
2319 used as an expression again. Often it is good to use a
2320 |literal-string| to avoid having to double backslashes.
2321
2322 The operation is done in-place. If you want a List or
2323 Dictionary to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00002324 :let l = filter(copy(mylist), '& =~ "KEEP"')
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002325
2326< Returns {expr}, the List or Dictionary that was filtered.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002327
2328
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00002329finddir({name}[, {path}[, {count}]]) *finddir()*
2330 Find directory {name} in {path}.
2331 If {path} is omitted or empty then 'path' is used.
2332 If the optional {count} is given, find {count}'s occurrence of
2333 {name} in {path}.
2334 This is quite similar to the ex-command |:find|.
2335 When the found directory is below the current directory a
2336 relative path is returned. Otherwise a full path is returned.
2337 Example: >
2338 :echo findfile("tags.vim", ".;")
2339< Searches from the current directory upwards until it finds
2340 the file "tags.vim".
2341 {only available when compiled with the +file_in_path feature}
2342
2343findfile({name}[, {path}[, {count}]]) *findfile()*
2344 Just like |finddir()|, but find a file instead of a directory.
2345
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002346filewritable({file}) *filewritable()*
2347 The result is a Number, which is 1 when a file with the
2348 name {file} exists, and can be written. If {file} doesn't
2349 exist, or is not writable, the result is 0. If (file) is a
2350 directory, and we can write to it, the result is 2.
2351
2352fnamemodify({fname}, {mods}) *fnamemodify()*
2353 Modify file name {fname} according to {mods}. {mods} is a
2354 string of characters like it is used for file names on the
2355 command line. See |filename-modifiers|.
2356 Example: >
2357 :echo fnamemodify("main.c", ":p:h")
2358< results in: >
2359 /home/mool/vim/vim/src
2360< Note: Environment variables and "~" don't work in {fname}, use
2361 |expand()| first then.
2362
2363foldclosed({lnum}) *foldclosed()*
2364 The result is a Number. If the line {lnum} is in a closed
2365 fold, the result is the number of the first line in that fold.
2366 If the line {lnum} is not in a closed fold, -1 is returned.
2367
2368foldclosedend({lnum}) *foldclosedend()*
2369 The result is a Number. If the line {lnum} is in a closed
2370 fold, the result is the number of the last line in that fold.
2371 If the line {lnum} is not in a closed fold, -1 is returned.
2372
2373foldlevel({lnum}) *foldlevel()*
2374 The result is a Number, which is the foldlevel of line {lnum}
2375 in the current buffer. For nested folds the deepest level is
2376 returned. If there is no fold at line {lnum}, zero is
2377 returned. It doesn't matter if the folds are open or closed.
2378 When used while updating folds (from 'foldexpr') -1 is
2379 returned for lines where folds are still to be updated and the
2380 foldlevel is unknown. As a special case the level of the
2381 previous line is usually available.
2382
2383 *foldtext()*
2384foldtext() Returns a String, to be displayed for a closed fold. This is
2385 the default function used for the 'foldtext' option and should
2386 only be called from evaluating 'foldtext'. It uses the
2387 |v:foldstart|, |v:foldend| and |v:folddashes| variables.
2388 The returned string looks like this: >
2389 +-- 45 lines: abcdef
2390< The number of dashes depends on the foldlevel. The "45" is
2391 the number of lines in the fold. "abcdef" is the text in the
2392 first non-blank line of the fold. Leading white space, "//"
2393 or "/*" and the text from the 'foldmarker' and 'commentstring'
2394 options is removed.
2395 {not available when compiled without the |+folding| feature}
2396
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00002397foldtextresult({lnum}) *foldtextresult()*
2398 Returns the text that is displayed for the closed fold at line
2399 {lnum}. Evaluates 'foldtext' in the appropriate context.
2400 When there is no closed fold at {lnum} an empty string is
2401 returned.
2402 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
2403 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
2404 Useful when exporting folded text, e.g., to HTML.
2405 {not available when compiled without the |+folding| feature}
2406
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002407 *foreground()*
2408foreground() Move the Vim window to the foreground. Useful when sent from
2409 a client to a Vim server. |remote_send()|
2410 On Win32 systems this might not work, the OS does not always
2411 allow a window to bring itself to the foreground. Use
2412 |remote_foreground()| instead.
2413 {only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
2414 Win32 console version}
2415
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002416
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00002417function({name}) *function()* *E700*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002418 Return a Funcref variable that refers to function {name}.
2419 {name} can be a user defined function or an internal function.
2420
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002421
Bram Moolenaar39a58ca2005-06-27 22:42:44 +00002422garbagecollect() *garbagecollect()*
2423 Cleanup unused Lists and Dictionaries that have circular
2424 references. There is hardly ever a need to invoke this
2425 function, as it is automatically done when Vim runs out of
2426 memory or is waiting for the user to press a key after
2427 'updatetime'. Items without circular references are always
2428 freed when they become unused.
2429 This is useful if you have deleted a very big List and/or
2430 Dictionary with circular references in a script that runs for
2431 a long time.
2432
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00002433get({list}, {idx} [, {default}]) *get()*
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002434 Get item {idx} from List {list}. When this item is not
2435 available return {default}. Return zero when {default} is
2436 omitted.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002437get({dict}, {key} [, {default}])
2438 Get item with key {key} from Dictionary {dict}. When this
2439 item is not available return {default}. Return zero when
2440 {default} is omitted.
2441
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002442 *getbufline()*
2443getbufline({expr}, {lnum} [, {end}])
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00002444 Return a List with the lines starting from {lnum} to {end}
2445 (inclusive) in the buffer {expr}. If {end} is omitted, a List
2446 with only the line {lnum} is returned.
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002447
2448 For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
2449
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00002450 For {lnum} and {end} "$" can be used for the last line of the
2451 buffer. Otherwise a number must be used.
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002452
2453 When {lnum} is smaller than 1 or bigger than the number of
2454 lines in the buffer, an empty List is returned.
2455
2456 When {end} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer,
2457 it is treated as {end} is set to the number of lines in the
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00002458 buffer. When {end} is before {lnum} an empty List is
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002459 returned.
2460
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00002461 This function works only for loaded buffers. For unloaded and
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002462 non-existing buffers, an empty List is returned.
2463
2464 Example: >
2465 :let lines = getbufline(bufnr("myfile"), 1, "$")
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002466
2467getbufvar({expr}, {varname}) *getbufvar()*
2468 The result is the value of option or local buffer variable
2469 {varname} in buffer {expr}. Note that the name without "b:"
2470 must be used.
Bram Moolenaar4317d9b2005-03-18 20:25:31 +00002471 This also works for a global or buffer-local option, but it
2472 doesn't work for a global variable, window-local variable or
2473 window-local option.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002474 For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
2475 When the buffer or variable doesn't exist an empty string is
2476 returned, there is no error message.
2477 Examples: >
2478 :let bufmodified = getbufvar(1, "&mod")
2479 :echo "todo myvar = " . getbufvar("todo", "myvar")
2480<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002481getchar([expr]) *getchar()*
2482 Get a single character from the user. If it is an 8-bit
2483 character, the result is a number. Otherwise a String is
2484 returned with the encoded character. For a special key it's a
2485 sequence of bytes starting with 0x80 (decimal: 128).
2486 If [expr] is omitted, wait until a character is available.
2487 If [expr] is 0, only get a character when one is available.
2488 If [expr] is 1, only check if a character is available, it is
2489 not consumed. If a normal character is
2490 available, it is returned, otherwise a
2491 non-zero value is returned.
2492 If a normal character available, it is returned as a Number.
2493 Use nr2char() to convert it to a String.
2494 The returned value is zero if no character is available.
2495 The returned value is a string of characters for special keys
2496 and when a modifier (shift, control, alt) was used.
2497 There is no prompt, you will somehow have to make clear to the
2498 user that a character has to be typed.
2499 There is no mapping for the character.
2500 Key codes are replaced, thus when the user presses the <Del>
2501 key you get the code for the <Del> key, not the raw character
2502 sequence. Examples: >
2503 getchar() == "\<Del>"
2504 getchar() == "\<S-Left>"
2505< This example redefines "f" to ignore case: >
2506 :nmap f :call FindChar()<CR>
2507 :function FindChar()
2508 : let c = nr2char(getchar())
2509 : while col('.') < col('$') - 1
2510 : normal l
2511 : if getline('.')[col('.') - 1] ==? c
2512 : break
2513 : endif
2514 : endwhile
2515 :endfunction
2516
2517getcharmod() *getcharmod()*
2518 The result is a Number which is the state of the modifiers for
2519 the last obtained character with getchar() or in another way.
2520 These values are added together:
2521 2 shift
2522 4 control
2523 8 alt (meta)
2524 16 mouse double click
2525 32 mouse triple click
2526 64 mouse quadruple click
2527 128 Macintosh only: command
2528 Only the modifiers that have not been included in the
2529 character itself are obtained. Thus Shift-a results in "A"
2530 with no modifier.
2531
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002532getcmdline() *getcmdline()*
2533 Return the current command-line. Only works when the command
2534 line is being edited, thus requires use of |c_CTRL-\_e| or
2535 |c_CTRL-R_=|.
2536 Example: >
2537 :cmap <F7> <C-\>eescape(getcmdline(), ' \')<CR>
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00002538< Also see |getcmdtype()|, |getcmdpos()| and |setcmdpos()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002539
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002540getcmdpos() *getcmdpos()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002541 Return the position of the cursor in the command line as a
2542 byte count. The first column is 1.
2543 Only works when editing the command line, thus requires use of
2544 |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=|. Returns 0 otherwise.
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00002545 Also see |getcmdtype()|, |setcmdpos()| and |getcmdline()|.
2546
2547getcmdtype() *getcmdtype()*
2548 Return the current command-line type. Possible return values
2549 are:
2550 / Search forward command
2551 ? Search backward command
2552 : Ex-command mode
2553 @ Input mode
2554 > Debug mode
2555 Only works when editing the command line, thus requires use of
2556 |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=|. Returns an empty string
2557 otherwise.
2558 Also see |getcmdpos()|, |setcmdpos()| and |getcmdline()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002559
2560 *getcwd()*
2561getcwd() The result is a String, which is the name of the current
2562 working directory.
2563
2564getfsize({fname}) *getfsize()*
2565 The result is a Number, which is the size in bytes of the
2566 given file {fname}.
2567 If {fname} is a directory, 0 is returned.
2568 If the file {fname} can't be found, -1 is returned.
2569
Bram Moolenaard8b0cf12004-12-12 11:33:30 +00002570getfontname([{name}]) *getfontname()*
2571 Without an argument returns the name of the normal font being
2572 used. Like what is used for the Normal highlight group
2573 |hl-Normal|.
2574 With an argument a check is done whether {name} is a valid
2575 font name. If not then an empty string is returned.
2576 Otherwise the actual font name is returned, or {name} if the
2577 GUI does not support obtaining the real name.
2578 Only works when the GUI is running, thus not you your vimrc or
2579 Note that the GTK 2 GUI accepts any font name, thus checking
2580 for a valid name does not work.
2581 gvimrc file. Use the |GUIEnter| autocommand to use this
2582 function just after the GUI has started.
2583
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00002584getfperm({fname}) *getfperm()*
2585 The result is a String, which is the read, write, and execute
2586 permissions of the given file {fname}.
2587 If {fname} does not exist or its directory cannot be read, an
2588 empty string is returned.
2589 The result is of the form "rwxrwxrwx", where each group of
2590 "rwx" flags represent, in turn, the permissions of the owner
2591 of the file, the group the file belongs to, and other users.
2592 If a user does not have a given permission the flag for this
2593 is replaced with the string "-". Example: >
2594 :echo getfperm("/etc/passwd")
2595< This will hopefully (from a security point of view) display
2596 the string "rw-r--r--" or even "rw-------".
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00002597
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002598getftime({fname}) *getftime()*
2599 The result is a Number, which is the last modification time of
2600 the given file {fname}. The value is measured as seconds
2601 since 1st Jan 1970, and may be passed to strftime(). See also
2602 |localtime()| and |strftime()|.
2603 If the file {fname} can't be found -1 is returned.
2604
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00002605getftype({fname}) *getftype()*
2606 The result is a String, which is a description of the kind of
2607 file of the given file {fname}.
2608 If {fname} does not exist an empty string is returned.
2609 Here is a table over different kinds of files and their
2610 results:
2611 Normal file "file"
2612 Directory "dir"
2613 Symbolic link "link"
2614 Block device "bdev"
2615 Character device "cdev"
2616 Socket "socket"
2617 FIFO "fifo"
2618 All other "other"
2619 Example: >
2620 getftype("/home")
2621< Note that a type such as "link" will only be returned on
2622 systems that support it. On some systems only "dir" and
2623 "file" are returned.
2624
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002625 *getline()*
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002626getline({lnum} [, {end}])
2627 Without {end} the result is a String, which is line {lnum}
2628 from the current buffer. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002629 getline(1)
2630< When {lnum} is a String that doesn't start with a
2631 digit, line() is called to translate the String into a Number.
2632 To get the line under the cursor: >
2633 getline(".")
2634< When {lnum} is smaller than 1 or bigger than the number of
2635 lines in the buffer, an empty string is returned.
2636
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002637 When {end} is given the result is a List where each item is a
2638 line from the current buffer in the range {lnum} to {end},
2639 including line {end}.
2640 {end} is used in the same way as {lnum}.
2641 Non-existing lines are silently omitted.
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002642 When {end} is before {lnum} an empty List is returned.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002643 Example: >
2644 :let start = line('.')
2645 :let end = search("^$") - 1
2646 :let lines = getline(start, end)
2647
2648
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00002649getqflist() *getqflist()*
2650 Returns a list with all the current quickfix errors. Each
2651 list item is a dictionary with these entries:
2652 bufnr number of buffer that has the file name, use
2653 bufname() to get the name
2654 lnum line number in the buffer (first line is 1)
2655 col column number (first column is 1)
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00002656 vcol non-zero: "col" is visual column
2657 zero: "col" is byte index
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00002658 nr error number
2659 text description of the error
2660 type type of the error, 'E', '1', etc.
2661 valid non-zero: recognized error message
2662
Bram Moolenaare7eb9df2005-09-09 19:49:30 +00002663 When there is no error list or it's empty an empty list is
2664 returned.
2665
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00002666 Useful application: Find pattern matches in multiple files and
2667 do something with them: >
2668 :vimgrep /theword/jg *.c
2669 :for d in getqflist()
2670 : echo bufname(d.bufnr) ':' d.lnum '=' d.text
2671 :endfor
2672
2673
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00002674getreg([{regname} [, 1]]) *getreg()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002675 The result is a String, which is the contents of register
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002676 {regname}. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002677 :let cliptext = getreg('*')
2678< getreg('=') returns the last evaluated value of the expression
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002679 register. (For use in maps.)
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00002680 getreg('=', 1) returns the expression itself, so that it can
2681 be restored with |setreg()|. For other registers the extra
2682 argument is ignored, thus you can always give it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002683 If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
2684
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002685
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002686getregtype([{regname}]) *getregtype()*
2687 The result is a String, which is type of register {regname}.
2688 The value will be one of:
2689 "v" for |characterwise| text
2690 "V" for |linewise| text
2691 "<CTRL-V>{width}" for |blockwise-visual| text
2692 0 for an empty or unknown register
2693 <CTRL-V> is one character with value 0x16.
2694 If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
2695
2696 *getwinposx()*
2697getwinposx() The result is a Number, which is the X coordinate in pixels of
2698 the left hand side of the GUI Vim window. The result will be
2699 -1 if the information is not available.
2700
2701 *getwinposy()*
2702getwinposy() The result is a Number, which is the Y coordinate in pixels of
2703 the top of the GUI Vim window. The result will be -1 if the
2704 information is not available.
2705
2706getwinvar({nr}, {varname}) *getwinvar()*
2707 The result is the value of option or local window variable
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00002708 {varname} in window {nr}. When {nr} is zero the current
2709 window is used.
Bram Moolenaar4317d9b2005-03-18 20:25:31 +00002710 This also works for a global option, buffer-local option and
2711 window-local option, but it doesn't work for a global variable
2712 or buffer-local variable.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002713 Note that the name without "w:" must be used.
2714 Examples: >
2715 :let list_is_on = getwinvar(2, '&list')
2716 :echo "myvar = " . getwinvar(1, 'myvar')
2717<
2718 *glob()*
2719glob({expr}) Expand the file wildcards in {expr}. The result is a String.
2720 When there are several matches, they are separated by <NL>
2721 characters.
2722 If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string.
2723 A name for a non-existing file is not included.
2724
2725 For most systems backticks can be used to get files names from
2726 any external command. Example: >
2727 :let tagfiles = glob("`find . -name tags -print`")
2728 :let &tags = substitute(tagfiles, "\n", ",", "g")
2729< The result of the program inside the backticks should be one
2730 item per line. Spaces inside an item are allowed.
2731
2732 See |expand()| for expanding special Vim variables. See
2733 |system()| for getting the raw output of an external command.
2734
2735globpath({path}, {expr}) *globpath()*
2736 Perform glob() on all directories in {path} and concatenate
2737 the results. Example: >
2738 :echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim")
2739< {path} is a comma-separated list of directory names. Each
2740 directory name is prepended to {expr} and expanded like with
2741 glob(). A path separator is inserted when needed.
2742 To add a comma inside a directory name escape it with a
2743 backslash. Note that on MS-Windows a directory may have a
2744 trailing backslash, remove it if you put a comma after it.
2745 If the expansion fails for one of the directories, there is no
2746 error message.
2747 The 'wildignore' option applies: Names matching one of the
2748 patterns in 'wildignore' will be skipped.
2749
Bram Moolenaar02743632005-07-25 20:42:36 +00002750 The "**" item can be used to search in a directory tree.
2751 For example, to find all "README.txt" files in the directories
2752 in 'runtimepath' and below: >
2753 :echo globpath(&rtp, "**/README.txt")
2754<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002755 *has()*
2756has({feature}) The result is a Number, which is 1 if the feature {feature} is
2757 supported, zero otherwise. The {feature} argument is a
2758 string. See |feature-list| below.
2759 Also see |exists()|.
2760
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002761
2762has_key({dict}, {key}) *has_key()*
2763 The result is a Number, which is 1 if Dictionary {dict} has an
2764 entry with key {key}. Zero otherwise.
2765
2766
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002767hasmapto({what} [, {mode}]) *hasmapto()*
2768 The result is a Number, which is 1 if there is a mapping that
2769 contains {what} in somewhere in the rhs (what it is mapped to)
2770 and this mapping exists in one of the modes indicated by
2771 {mode}.
2772 Both the global mappings and the mappings local to the current
2773 buffer are checked for a match.
2774 If no matching mapping is found 0 is returned.
2775 The following characters are recognized in {mode}:
2776 n Normal mode
2777 v Visual mode
2778 o Operator-pending mode
2779 i Insert mode
2780 l Language-Argument ("r", "f", "t", etc.)
2781 c Command-line mode
2782 When {mode} is omitted, "nvo" is used.
2783
2784 This function is useful to check if a mapping already exists
2785 to a function in a Vim script. Example: >
2786 :if !hasmapto('\ABCdoit')
2787 : map <Leader>d \ABCdoit
2788 :endif
2789< This installs the mapping to "\ABCdoit" only if there isn't
2790 already a mapping to "\ABCdoit".
2791
2792histadd({history}, {item}) *histadd()*
2793 Add the String {item} to the history {history} which can be
2794 one of: *hist-names*
2795 "cmd" or ":" command line history
2796 "search" or "/" search pattern history
2797 "expr" or "=" typed expression history
2798 "input" or "@" input line history
2799 If {item} does already exist in the history, it will be
2800 shifted to become the newest entry.
2801 The result is a Number: 1 if the operation was successful,
2802 otherwise 0 is returned.
2803
2804 Example: >
2805 :call histadd("input", strftime("%Y %b %d"))
2806 :let date=input("Enter date: ")
2807< This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
2808
2809histdel({history} [, {item}]) *histdel()*
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002810 Clear {history}, i.e. delete all its entries. See |hist-names|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002811 for the possible values of {history}.
2812
2813 If the parameter {item} is given as String, this is seen
2814 as regular expression. All entries matching that expression
2815 will be removed from the history (if there are any).
2816 Upper/lowercase must match, unless "\c" is used |/\c|.
2817 If {item} is a Number, it will be interpreted as index, see
2818 |:history-indexing|. The respective entry will be removed
2819 if it exists.
2820
2821 The result is a Number: 1 for a successful operation,
2822 otherwise 0 is returned.
2823
2824 Examples:
2825 Clear expression register history: >
2826 :call histdel("expr")
2827<
2828 Remove all entries starting with "*" from the search history: >
2829 :call histdel("/", '^\*')
2830<
2831 The following three are equivalent: >
2832 :call histdel("search", histnr("search"))
2833 :call histdel("search", -1)
2834 :call histdel("search", '^'.histget("search", -1).'$')
2835<
2836 To delete the last search pattern and use the last-but-one for
2837 the "n" command and 'hlsearch': >
2838 :call histdel("search", -1)
2839 :let @/ = histget("search", -1)
2840
2841histget({history} [, {index}]) *histget()*
2842 The result is a String, the entry with Number {index} from
2843 {history}. See |hist-names| for the possible values of
2844 {history}, and |:history-indexing| for {index}. If there is
2845 no such entry, an empty String is returned. When {index} is
2846 omitted, the most recent item from the history is used.
2847
2848 Examples:
2849 Redo the second last search from history. >
2850 :execute '/' . histget("search", -2)
2851
2852< Define an Ex command ":H {num}" that supports re-execution of
2853 the {num}th entry from the output of |:history|. >
2854 :command -nargs=1 H execute histget("cmd", 0+<args>)
2855<
2856histnr({history}) *histnr()*
2857 The result is the Number of the current entry in {history}.
2858 See |hist-names| for the possible values of {history}.
2859 If an error occurred, -1 is returned.
2860
2861 Example: >
2862 :let inp_index = histnr("expr")
2863<
2864hlexists({name}) *hlexists()*
2865 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a highlight group
2866 called {name} exists. This is when the group has been
2867 defined in some way. Not necessarily when highlighting has
2868 been defined for it, it may also have been used for a syntax
2869 item.
2870 *highlight_exists()*
2871 Obsolete name: highlight_exists().
2872
2873 *hlID()*
2874hlID({name}) The result is a Number, which is the ID of the highlight group
2875 with name {name}. When the highlight group doesn't exist,
2876 zero is returned.
2877 This can be used to retrieve information about the highlight
2878 group. For example, to get the background color of the
2879 "Comment" group: >
2880 :echo synIDattr(synIDtrans(hlID("Comment")), "bg")
2881< *highlightID()*
2882 Obsolete name: highlightID().
2883
2884hostname() *hostname()*
2885 The result is a String, which is the name of the machine on
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002886 which Vim is currently running. Machine names greater than
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002887 256 characters long are truncated.
2888
2889iconv({expr}, {from}, {to}) *iconv()*
2890 The result is a String, which is the text {expr} converted
2891 from encoding {from} to encoding {to}.
2892 When the conversion fails an empty string is returned.
2893 The encoding names are whatever the iconv() library function
2894 can accept, see ":!man 3 iconv".
2895 Most conversions require Vim to be compiled with the |+iconv|
2896 feature. Otherwise only UTF-8 to latin1 conversion and back
2897 can be done.
2898 This can be used to display messages with special characters,
2899 no matter what 'encoding' is set to. Write the message in
2900 UTF-8 and use: >
2901 echo iconv(utf8_str, "utf-8", &enc)
2902< Note that Vim uses UTF-8 for all Unicode encodings, conversion
2903 from/to UCS-2 is automatically changed to use UTF-8. You
2904 cannot use UCS-2 in a string anyway, because of the NUL bytes.
2905 {only available when compiled with the +multi_byte feature}
2906
2907 *indent()*
2908indent({lnum}) The result is a Number, which is indent of line {lnum} in the
2909 current buffer. The indent is counted in spaces, the value
2910 of 'tabstop' is relevant. {lnum} is used just like in
2911 |getline()|.
2912 When {lnum} is invalid -1 is returned.
2913
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002914
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002915index({list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]]) *index()*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002916 Return the lowest index in List {list} where the item has a
2917 value equal to {expr}.
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00002918 If {start} is given then start looking at the item with index
2919 {start} (may be negative for an item relative to the end).
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002920 When {ic} is given and it is non-zero, ignore case. Otherwise
2921 case must match.
2922 -1 is returned when {expr} is not found in {list}.
2923 Example: >
2924 :let idx = index(words, "the")
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00002925 :if index(numbers, 123) >= 0
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002926
2927
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00002928input({prompt} [, {text} [, {completion}]]) *input()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002929 The result is a String, which is whatever the user typed on
2930 the command-line. The parameter is either a prompt string, or
2931 a blank string (for no prompt). A '\n' can be used in the
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00002932 prompt to start a new line.
2933 The highlighting set with |:echohl| is used for the prompt.
2934 The input is entered just like a command-line, with the same
2935 editing commands and mappings. There is a separate history
2936 for lines typed for input().
2937 Example: >
2938 :if input("Coffee or beer? ") == "beer"
2939 : echo "Cheers!"
2940 :endif
2941<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002942 If the optional {text} is present, this is used for the
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00002943 default reply, as if the user typed this. Example: >
2944 :let color = input("Color? ", "white")
2945
2946< The optional {completion} argument specifies the type of
2947 completion supported for the input. Without it completion is
2948 not performed. The supported completion types are the same as
2949 that can be supplied to a user-defined command using the
2950 "-complete=" argument. Refer to |:command-completion| for
2951 more information. Example: >
2952 let fname = input("File: ", "", "file")
2953<
2954 NOTE: This function must not be used in a startup file, for
2955 the versions that only run in GUI mode (e.g., the Win32 GUI).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002956 Note: When input() is called from within a mapping it will
2957 consume remaining characters from that mapping, because a
2958 mapping is handled like the characters were typed.
2959 Use |inputsave()| before input() and |inputrestore()|
2960 after input() to avoid that. Another solution is to avoid
2961 that further characters follow in the mapping, e.g., by using
2962 |:execute| or |:normal|.
2963
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00002964 Example with a mapping: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002965 :nmap \x :call GetFoo()<CR>:exe "/" . Foo<CR>
2966 :function GetFoo()
2967 : call inputsave()
2968 : let g:Foo = input("enter search pattern: ")
2969 : call inputrestore()
2970 :endfunction
2971
2972inputdialog({prompt} [, {text} [, {cancelreturn}]]) *inputdialog()*
2973 Like input(), but when the GUI is running and text dialogs are
2974 supported, a dialog window pops up to input the text.
2975 Example: >
2976 :let n = inputdialog("value for shiftwidth", &sw)
2977 :if n != ""
2978 : let &sw = n
2979 :endif
2980< When the dialog is cancelled {cancelreturn} is returned. When
2981 omitted an empty string is returned.
2982 Hitting <Enter> works like pressing the OK button. Hitting
2983 <Esc> works like pressing the Cancel button.
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00002984 NOTE: Command-line completion is not supported.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002985
Bram Moolenaar578b49e2005-09-10 19:22:57 +00002986inputlist({textlist}) *inputlist()*
2987 {textlist} must be a list of strings. This list is displayed,
2988 one string per line. The user will be prompted to enter a
2989 number, which is returned.
2990 The user can also select an item by clicking on it with the
2991 mouse. For the first string 0 is returned. When clicking
2992 above the first item a negative number is returned. When
2993 clicking on the prompt one more than the length of {textlist}
2994 is returned.
2995 Make sure {textlist} has less then 'lines' entries, otherwise
2996 it won't work. It's a good idea to put the entry number at
2997 the start of the string. Example: >
2998 let color = inputlist(['Select color:', '1. red',
2999 \ '2. green', '3. blue'])
3000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003001inputrestore() *inputrestore()*
3002 Restore typeahead that was saved with a previous inputsave().
3003 Should be called the same number of times inputsave() is
3004 called. Calling it more often is harmless though.
3005 Returns 1 when there is nothing to restore, 0 otherwise.
3006
3007inputsave() *inputsave()*
3008 Preserve typeahead (also from mappings) and clear it, so that
3009 a following prompt gets input from the user. Should be
3010 followed by a matching inputrestore() after the prompt. Can
3011 be used several times, in which case there must be just as
3012 many inputrestore() calls.
3013 Returns 1 when out of memory, 0 otherwise.
3014
3015inputsecret({prompt} [, {text}]) *inputsecret()*
3016 This function acts much like the |input()| function with but
3017 two exceptions:
3018 a) the user's response will be displayed as a sequence of
3019 asterisks ("*") thereby keeping the entry secret, and
3020 b) the user's response will not be recorded on the input
3021 |history| stack.
3022 The result is a String, which is whatever the user actually
3023 typed on the command-line in response to the issued prompt.
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00003024 NOTE: Command-line completion is not supported.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003025
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003026insert({list}, {item} [, {idx}]) *insert()*
3027 Insert {item} at the start of List {list}.
3028 If {idx} is specified insert {item} before the item with index
3029 {idx}. If {idx} is zero it goes before the first item, just
3030 like omitting {idx}. A negative {idx} is also possible, see
3031 |list-index|. -1 inserts just before the last item.
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003032 Returns the resulting List. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003033 :let mylist = insert([2, 3, 5], 1)
3034 :call insert(mylist, 4, -1)
3035 :call insert(mylist, 6, len(mylist))
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003036< The last example can be done simpler with |add()|.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003037 Note that when {item} is a List it is inserted as a single
3038 item. Use |extend()| to concatenate Lists.
3039
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003040isdirectory({directory}) *isdirectory()*
3041 The result is a Number, which is non-zero when a directory
3042 with the name {directory} exists. If {directory} doesn't
3043 exist, or isn't a directory, the result is FALSE. {directory}
3044 is any expression, which is used as a String.
3045
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00003046islocked({expr}) *islocked()*
3047 The result is a Number, which is non-zero when {expr} is the
3048 name of a locked variable.
3049 {expr} must be the name of a variable, List item or Dictionary
3050 entry, not the variable itself! Example: >
3051 :let alist = [0, ['a', 'b'], 2, 3]
3052 :lockvar 1 alist
3053 :echo islocked('alist') " 1
3054 :echo islocked('alist[1]') " 0
3055
3056< When {expr} is a variable that does not exist you get an error
3057 message. Use |exists()| to check for existance.
3058
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00003059items({dict}) *items()*
3060 Return a List with all the key-value pairs of {dict}. Each
3061 List item is a list with two items: the key of a {dict} entry
3062 and the value of this entry. The List is in arbitrary order.
3063
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003064
3065join({list} [, {sep}]) *join()*
3066 Join the items in {list} together into one String.
3067 When {sep} is specified it is put in between the items. If
3068 {sep} is omitted a single space is used.
3069 Note that {sep} is not added at the end. You might want to
3070 add it there too: >
3071 let lines = join(mylist, "\n") . "\n"
3072< String items are used as-is. Lists and Dictionaries are
3073 converted into a string like with |string()|.
3074 The opposite function is |split()|.
3075
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003076keys({dict}) *keys()*
3077 Return a List with all the keys of {dict}. The List is in
3078 arbitrary order.
3079
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00003080 *len()* *E701*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003081len({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the length of the argument.
3082 When {expr} is a String or a Number the length in bytes is
3083 used, as with |strlen()|.
3084 When {expr} is a List the number of items in the List is
3085 returned.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003086 When {expr} is a Dictionary the number of entries in the
3087 Dictionary is returned.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003088 Otherwise an error is given.
3089
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003090 *libcall()* *E364* *E368*
3091libcall({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
3092 Call function {funcname} in the run-time library {libname}
3093 with single argument {argument}.
3094 This is useful to call functions in a library that you
3095 especially made to be used with Vim. Since only one argument
3096 is possible, calling standard library functions is rather
3097 limited.
3098 The result is the String returned by the function. If the
3099 function returns NULL, this will appear as an empty string ""
3100 to Vim.
3101 If the function returns a number, use libcallnr()!
3102 If {argument} is a number, it is passed to the function as an
3103 int; if {argument} is a string, it is passed as a
3104 null-terminated string.
3105 This function will fail in |restricted-mode|.
3106
3107 libcall() allows you to write your own 'plug-in' extensions to
3108 Vim without having to recompile the program. It is NOT a
3109 means to call system functions! If you try to do so Vim will
3110 very probably crash.
3111
3112 For Win32, the functions you write must be placed in a DLL
3113 and use the normal C calling convention (NOT Pascal which is
3114 used in Windows System DLLs). The function must take exactly
3115 one parameter, either a character pointer or a long integer,
3116 and must return a character pointer or NULL. The character
3117 pointer returned must point to memory that will remain valid
3118 after the function has returned (e.g. in static data in the
3119 DLL). If it points to allocated memory, that memory will
3120 leak away. Using a static buffer in the function should work,
3121 it's then freed when the DLL is unloaded.
3122
3123 WARNING: If the function returns a non-valid pointer, Vim may
3124 crash! This also happens if the function returns a number,
3125 because Vim thinks it's a pointer.
3126 For Win32 systems, {libname} should be the filename of the DLL
3127 without the ".DLL" suffix. A full path is only required if
3128 the DLL is not in the usual places.
3129 For Unix: When compiling your own plugins, remember that the
3130 object code must be compiled as position-independent ('PIC').
3131 {only in Win32 on some Unix versions, when the |+libcall|
3132 feature is present}
3133 Examples: >
3134 :echo libcall("libc.so", "getenv", "HOME")
3135 :echo libcallnr("/usr/lib/libc.so", "getpid", "")
3136<
3137 *libcallnr()*
3138libcallnr({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
3139 Just like libcall(), but used for a function that returns an
3140 int instead of a string.
3141 {only in Win32 on some Unix versions, when the |+libcall|
3142 feature is present}
3143 Example (not very useful...): >
3144 :call libcallnr("libc.so", "printf", "Hello World!\n")
3145 :call libcallnr("libc.so", "sleep", 10)
3146<
3147 *line()*
3148line({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the line number of the file
3149 position given with {expr}. The accepted positions are:
3150 . the cursor position
3151 $ the last line in the current buffer
3152 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
3153 returned)
3154 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
3155 Examples: >
3156 line(".") line number of the cursor
3157 line("'t") line number of mark t
3158 line("'" . marker) line number of mark marker
3159< *last-position-jump*
3160 This autocommand jumps to the last known position in a file
3161 just after opening it, if the '" mark is set: >
3162 :au BufReadPost * if line("'\"") > 0 && line("'\"") <= line("$") | exe "normal g'\"" | endif
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00003163
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003164line2byte({lnum}) *line2byte()*
3165 Return the byte count from the start of the buffer for line
3166 {lnum}. This includes the end-of-line character, depending on
3167 the 'fileformat' option for the current buffer. The first
3168 line returns 1.
3169 This can also be used to get the byte count for the line just
3170 below the last line: >
3171 line2byte(line("$") + 1)
3172< This is the file size plus one.
3173 When {lnum} is invalid, or the |+byte_offset| feature has been
3174 disabled at compile time, -1 is returned.
3175 Also see |byte2line()|, |go| and |:goto|.
3176
3177lispindent({lnum}) *lispindent()*
3178 Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the lisp
3179 indenting rules, as with 'lisp'.
3180 The indent is counted in spaces, the value of 'tabstop' is
3181 relevant. {lnum} is used just like in |getline()|.
3182 When {lnum} is invalid or Vim was not compiled the
3183 |+lispindent| feature, -1 is returned.
3184
3185localtime() *localtime()*
3186 Return the current time, measured as seconds since 1st Jan
3187 1970. See also |strftime()| and |getftime()|.
3188
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003189
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003190map({expr}, {string}) *map()*
3191 {expr} must be a List or a Dictionary.
3192 Replace each item in {expr} with the result of evaluating
3193 {string}.
3194 Inside {string} |v:val| has the value of the current item.
3195 For a Dictionary |v:key| has the key of the current item.
3196 Example: >
3197 :call map(mylist, '"> " . v:val . " <"')
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003198< This puts "> " before and " <" after each item in "mylist".
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003199
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003200 Note that {string} is the result of an expression and is then
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003201 used as an expression again. Often it is good to use a
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003202 |literal-string| to avoid having to double backslashes. You
3203 still have to double ' quotes
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003204
3205 The operation is done in-place. If you want a List or
3206 Dictionary to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003207 :let tlist = map(copy(mylist), ' & . "\t"')
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003208
3209< Returns {expr}, the List or Dictionary that was filtered.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003210
3211
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003212maparg({name}[, {mode}]) *maparg()*
3213 Return the rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}. When there
3214 is no mapping for {name}, an empty String is returned.
3215 These characters can be used for {mode}:
3216 "n" Normal
3217 "v" Visual
3218 "o" Operator-pending
3219 "i" Insert
3220 "c" Cmd-line
3221 "l" langmap |language-mapping|
3222 "" Normal, Visual and Operator-pending
3223 When {mode} is omitted, the modes from "" are used.
3224 The {name} can have special key names, like in the ":map"
3225 command. The returned String has special characters
3226 translated like in the output of the ":map" command listing.
3227 The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
3228 then the global mappings.
3229
3230mapcheck({name}[, {mode}]) *mapcheck()*
3231 Check if there is a mapping that matches with {name} in mode
3232 {mode}. See |maparg()| for {mode} and special names in
3233 {name}.
3234 A match happens with a mapping that starts with {name} and
3235 with a mapping which is equal to the start of {name}.
3236
3237 matches mapping "a" "ab" "abc" ~
3238 mapcheck("a") yes yes yes
3239 mapcheck("abc") yes yes yes
3240 mapcheck("ax") yes no no
3241 mapcheck("b") no no no
3242
3243 The difference with maparg() is that mapcheck() finds a
3244 mapping that matches with {name}, while maparg() only finds a
3245 mapping for {name} exactly.
3246 When there is no mapping that starts with {name}, an empty
3247 String is returned. If there is one, the rhs of that mapping
3248 is returned. If there are several mappings that start with
3249 {name}, the rhs of one of them is returned.
3250 The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
3251 then the global mappings.
3252 This function can be used to check if a mapping can be added
3253 without being ambiguous. Example: >
3254 :if mapcheck("_vv") == ""
3255 : map _vv :set guifont=7x13<CR>
3256 :endif
3257< This avoids adding the "_vv" mapping when there already is a
3258 mapping for "_v" or for "_vvv".
3259
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003260match({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *match()*
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003261 When {expr} is a List then this returns the index of the first
3262 item where {pat} matches. Each item is used as a String,
3263 Lists and Dictionaries are used as echoed.
3264 Otherwise, {expr} is used as a String. The result is a
3265 Number, which gives the index (byte offset) in {expr} where
3266 {pat} matches.
3267 A match at the first character or List item returns zero.
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003268 If there is no match -1 is returned.
3269 Example: >
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003270 :echo match("testing", "ing") " results in 4
3271 :echo match([1, 'x'], '\a') " results in 2
3272< See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003273 *strpbrk()*
3274 Vim doesn't have a strpbrk() function. But you can do: >
3275 :let sepidx = match(line, '[.,;: \t]')
3276< *strcasestr()*
3277 Vim doesn't have a strcasestr() function. But you can add
3278 "\c" to the pattern to ignore case: >
3279 :let idx = match(haystack, '\cneedle')
3280<
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003281 When {count} is given use the {count}'th match. When a match
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003282 is found in a String the search for the next one starts on
3283 character further. Thus this example results in 1: >
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003284 echo match("testing", "..", 0, 2)
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003285< In a List the search continues in the next item.
3286
3287 If {start} is given, the search starts from byte index
3288 {start} in a String or item {start} in a List.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003289 The result, however, is still the index counted from the
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003290 first character/item. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003291 :echo match("testing", "ing", 2)
3292< result is again "4". >
3293 :echo match("testing", "ing", 4)
3294< result is again "4". >
3295 :echo match("testing", "t", 2)
3296< result is "3".
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003297 For a String, if {start} < 0, it will be set to 0. For a list
3298 the index is counted from the end.
3299 If {start} is out of range (> strlen({expr} for a String or
3300 > len({expr} for a List) -1 is returned.
3301
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003302 See |pattern| for the patterns that are accepted.
3303 The 'ignorecase' option is used to set the ignore-caseness of
3304 the pattern. 'smartcase' is NOT used. The matching is always
3305 done like 'magic' is set and 'cpoptions' is empty.
3306
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003307matchend({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchend()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003308 Same as match(), but return the index of first character after
3309 the match. Example: >
3310 :echo matchend("testing", "ing")
3311< results in "7".
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003312 *strspn()* *strcspn()*
3313 Vim doesn't have a strspn() or strcspn() function, but you can
3314 do it with matchend(): >
3315 :let span = matchend(line, '[a-zA-Z]')
3316 :let span = matchend(line, '[^a-zA-Z]')
3317< Except that -1 is returned when there are no matches.
3318
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003319 The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for match(). >
3320 :echo matchend("testing", "ing", 2)
3321< results in "7". >
3322 :echo matchend("testing", "ing", 5)
3323< result is "-1".
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003324 When {expr} is a List the result is equal to match().
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003325
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003326matchlist({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchlist()*
3327 Same as match(), but return a List. The first item in the
3328 list is the matched string, same as what matchstr() would
3329 return. Following items are submatches, like "\1", "\2", etc.
3330 in |:substitute|.
3331 When there is no match an empty list is returned.
3332
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003333matchstr({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchstr()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003334 Same as match(), but return the matched string. Example: >
3335 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing")
3336< results in "ing".
3337 When there is no match "" is returned.
3338 The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for match(). >
3339 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 2)
3340< results in "ing". >
3341 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 5)
3342< result is "".
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003343 When {expr} is a List then the matching item is returned.
3344 The type isn't changed, it's not necessarily a String.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003345
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00003346 *max()*
3347max({list}) Return the maximum value of all items in {list}.
3348 If {list} is not a list or one of the items in {list} cannot
3349 be used as a Number this results in an error.
3350 An empty List results in zero.
3351
3352 *min()*
3353min({list}) Return the minumum value of all items in {list}.
3354 If {list} is not a list or one of the items in {list} cannot
3355 be used as a Number this results in an error.
3356 An empty List results in zero.
3357
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003358 *mkdir()* *E749*
3359mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
3360 Create directory {name}.
3361 If {path} is "p" then intermediate directories are created as
3362 necessary. Otherwise it must be "".
3363 If {prot} is given it is used to set the protection bits of
3364 the new directory. The default is 0755 (rwxr-xr-x: r/w for
3365 the user readable for others). Use 0700 to make it unreadable
3366 for others.
3367 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3368 Not available on all systems. To check use: >
3369 :if exists("*mkdir")
3370<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003371 *mode()*
3372mode() Return a string that indicates the current mode:
3373 n Normal
3374 v Visual by character
3375 V Visual by line
3376 CTRL-V Visual blockwise
3377 s Select by character
3378 S Select by line
3379 CTRL-S Select blockwise
3380 i Insert
3381 R Replace
3382 c Command-line
3383 r Hit-enter prompt
3384 This is useful in the 'statusline' option. In most other
3385 places it always returns "c" or "n".
3386
3387nextnonblank({lnum}) *nextnonblank()*
3388 Return the line number of the first line at or below {lnum}
3389 that is not blank. Example: >
3390 if getline(nextnonblank(1)) =~ "Java"
3391< When {lnum} is invalid or there is no non-blank line at or
3392 below it, zero is returned.
3393 See also |prevnonblank()|.
3394
3395nr2char({expr}) *nr2char()*
3396 Return a string with a single character, which has the number
3397 value {expr}. Examples: >
3398 nr2char(64) returns "@"
3399 nr2char(32) returns " "
3400< The current 'encoding' is used. Example for "utf-8": >
3401 nr2char(300) returns I with bow character
3402< Note that a NUL character in the file is specified with
3403 nr2char(10), because NULs are represented with newline
3404 characters. nr2char(0) is a real NUL and terminates the
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +00003405 string, thus results in an empty string.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003406
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003407printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...) *printf()*
3408 Return a String with {fmt}, where "%" items are replaced by
3409 the formatted form of their respective arguments. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003410 printf("%4d: E%d %.30s", lnum, errno, msg)
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003411< May result in:
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003412 " 99: E42 asdfasdfasdfasdfasdfasdfasdfas" ~
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003413
3414 Often used items are:
3415 %s string
3416 %6s string right-aligned in 6 characters
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003417 %c single byte
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003418 %d decimal number
3419 %5d decimal number padded with spaces to 5 characters
3420 %x hex number
3421 %04x hex number padded with zeros to at least 4 characters
3422 %X hex number using upper case letters
3423 %o octal number
3424 %% the % character
3425
3426 Conversion specifications start with '%' and end with the
3427 conversion type. All other characters are copied unchanged to
3428 the result.
3429
3430 The "%" starts a conversion specification. The following
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003431 arguments appear in sequence:
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003432
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003433 % [flags] [field-width] [.precision] type
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003434
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003435 flags
3436 Zero or more of the following flags:
3437
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003438 # The value should be converted to an "alternate
3439 form". For c, d, and s conversions, this option
3440 has no effect. For o conversions, the precision
3441 of the number is increased to force the first
3442 character of the output string to a zero (except
3443 if a zero value is printed with an explicit
3444 precision of zero).
3445 For x and X conversions, a non-zero result has
3446 the string "0x" (or "0X" for X conversions)
3447 prepended to it.
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003448
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003449 0 (zero) Zero padding. For all conversions the converted
3450 value is padded on the left with zeros rather
3451 than blanks. If a precision is given with a
3452 numeric conversion (d, o, x, and X), the 0 flag
3453 is ignored.
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003454
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003455 - A negative field width flag; the converted value
3456 is to be left adjusted on the field boundary.
3457 The converted value is padded on the right with
3458 blanks, rather than on the left with blanks or
3459 zeros. A - overrides a 0 if both are given.
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003460
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003461 ' ' (space) A blank should be left before a positive
3462 number produced by a signed conversion (d).
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003463
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003464 + A sign must always be placed before a number
3465 produced by a signed conversion. A + overrides
3466 a space if both are used.
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003467
3468 field-width
3469 An optional decimal digit string specifying a minimum
3470 field width. If the converted value has fewer
3471 characters than the field width, it will be padded
3472 with spaces on the left (or right, if the
3473 left-adjustment flag has been given) to fill out the
3474 field width.
3475
3476 .precision
3477 An optional precision, in the form of a period '.'
3478 followed by an optional digit string. If the digit
3479 string is omitted, the precision is taken as zero.
3480 This gives the minimum number of digits to appear for
3481 d, o, x, and X conversions, or the maximum number of
3482 characters to be printed from a string for s
3483 conversions.
3484
3485 type
3486 A character that specifies the type of conversion to
3487 be applied, see below.
3488
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003489 A field width or precision, or both, may be indicated by an
3490 asterisk '*' instead of a digit string. In this case, a
3491 Number argument supplies the field width or precision. A
3492 negative field width is treated as a left adjustment flag
3493 followed by a positive field width; a negative precision is
3494 treated as though it were missing. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003495 :echo printf("%d: %.*s", nr, width, line)
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003496< This limits the length of the text used from "line" to
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003497 "width" bytes.
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003498
3499 The conversion specifiers and their meanings are:
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003500
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003501 doxX The Number argument is converted to signed decimal
3502 (d), unsigned octal (o), or unsigned hexadecimal (x
3503 and X) notation. The letters "abcdef" are used for
3504 x conversions; the letters "ABCDEF" are used for X
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003505 conversions.
3506 The precision, if any, gives the minimum number of
3507 digits that must appear; if the converted value
3508 requires fewer digits, it is padded on the left with
3509 zeros.
3510 In no case does a non-existent or small field width
3511 cause truncation of a numeric field; if the result of
3512 a conversion is wider than the field width, the field
3513 is expanded to contain the conversion result.
3514
3515 c The Number argument is converted to a byte, and the
3516 resulting character is written.
3517
3518 s The text of the String argument is used. If a
3519 precision is specified, no more bytes than the number
3520 specified are used.
3521
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003522 % A '%' is written. No argument is converted. The
3523 complete conversion specification is "%%".
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003524
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003525 Each argument can be Number or String and is converted
3526 automatically to fit the conversion specifier. Any other
3527 argument type results in an error message.
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003528
Bram Moolenaar83bab712005-08-01 21:58:57 +00003529 *E766* *E767*
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003530 The number of {exprN} arguments must exactly match the number
3531 of "%" items. If there are not sufficient or too many
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003532 arguments an error is given. Up to 18 arguments can be used.
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003533
3534
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003535prevnonblank({lnum}) *prevnonblank()*
3536 Return the line number of the first line at or above {lnum}
3537 that is not blank. Example: >
3538 let ind = indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1))
3539< When {lnum} is invalid or there is no non-blank line at or
3540 above it, zero is returned.
3541 Also see |nextnonblank()|.
3542
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00003543 *E726* *E727*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003544range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]]) *range()*
3545 Returns a List with Numbers:
3546 - If only {expr} is specified: [0, 1, ..., {expr} - 1]
3547 - If {max} is specified: [{expr}, {expr} + 1, ..., {max}]
3548 - If {stride} is specified: [{expr}, {expr} + {stride}, ...,
3549 {max}] (increasing {expr} with {stride} each time, not
3550 producing a value past {max}).
Bram Moolenaare7566042005-06-17 22:00:15 +00003551 When the maximum is one before the start the result is an
3552 empty list. When the maximum is more than one before the
3553 start this is an error.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003554 Examples: >
3555 range(4) " [0, 1, 2, 3]
3556 range(2, 4) " [2, 3, 4]
3557 range(2, 9, 3) " [2, 5, 8]
3558 range(2, -2, -1) " [2, 1, 0, -1, -2]
Bram Moolenaare7566042005-06-17 22:00:15 +00003559 range(0) " []
3560 range(2, 0) " error!
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003561<
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003562 *readfile()*
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003563readfile({fname} [, {binary} [, {max}]])
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003564 Read file {fname} and return a List, each line of the file as
3565 an item. Lines broken at NL characters. Macintosh files
3566 separated with CR will result in a single long line (unless a
3567 NL appears somewhere).
3568 When {binary} is equal to "b" binary mode is used:
3569 - When the last line ends in a NL an extra empty list item is
3570 added.
3571 - No CR characters are removed.
3572 Otherwise:
3573 - CR characters that appear before a NL are removed.
3574 - Whether the last line ends in a NL or not does not matter.
3575 All NUL characters are replaced with a NL character.
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003576 When {max} is given this specifies the maximum number of lines
3577 to be read. Useful if you only want to check the first ten
3578 lines of a file: >
3579 :for line in readfile(fname, '', 10)
3580 : if line =~ 'Date' | echo line | endif
3581 :endfor
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00003582< When {max} is negative -{max} lines from the end of the file
3583 are returned, or as many as there are.
3584 When {max} is zero the result is an empty list.
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003585 Note that without {max} the whole file is read into memory.
3586 Also note that there is no recognition of encoding. Read a
3587 file into a buffer if you need to.
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003588 When the file can't be opened an error message is given and
3589 the result is an empty list.
3590 Also see |writefile()|.
3591
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003592 *remote_expr()* *E449*
3593remote_expr({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
3594 Send the {string} to {server}. The string is sent as an
3595 expression and the result is returned after evaluation.
3596 If {idvar} is present, it is taken as the name of a
3597 variable and a {serverid} for later use with
3598 remote_read() is stored there.
3599 See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|.
3600 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3601 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3602 Note: Any errors will cause a local error message to be issued
3603 and the result will be the empty string.
3604 Examples: >
3605 :echo remote_expr("gvim", "2+2")
3606 :echo remote_expr("gvim1", "b:current_syntax")
3607<
3608
3609remote_foreground({server}) *remote_foreground()*
3610 Move the Vim server with the name {server} to the foreground.
3611 This works like: >
3612 remote_expr({server}, "foreground()")
3613< Except that on Win32 systems the client does the work, to work
3614 around the problem that the OS doesn't always allow the server
3615 to bring itself to the foreground.
3616 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3617 {only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
3618 Win32 console version}
3619
3620
3621remote_peek({serverid} [, {retvar}]) *remote_peek()*
3622 Returns a positive number if there are available strings
3623 from {serverid}. Copies any reply string into the variable
3624 {retvar} if specified. {retvar} must be a string with the
3625 name of a variable.
3626 Returns zero if none are available.
3627 Returns -1 if something is wrong.
3628 See also |clientserver|.
3629 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3630 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3631 Examples: >
3632 :let repl = ""
3633 :echo "PEEK: ".remote_peek(id, "repl").": ".repl
3634
3635remote_read({serverid}) *remote_read()*
3636 Return the oldest available reply from {serverid} and consume
3637 it. It blocks until a reply is available.
3638 See also |clientserver|.
3639 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3640 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3641 Example: >
3642 :echo remote_read(id)
3643<
3644 *remote_send()* *E241*
3645remote_send({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003646 Send the {string} to {server}. The string is sent as input
3647 keys and the function returns immediately. At the Vim server
3648 the keys are not mapped |:map|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003649 If {idvar} is present, it is taken as the name of a
3650 variable and a {serverid} for later use with
3651 remote_read() is stored there.
3652 See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|.
3653 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3654 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3655 Note: Any errors will be reported in the server and may mess
3656 up the display.
3657 Examples: >
3658 :echo remote_send("gvim", ":DropAndReply ".file, "serverid").
3659 \ remote_read(serverid)
3660
3661 :autocmd NONE RemoteReply *
3662 \ echo remote_read(expand("<amatch>"))
3663 :echo remote_send("gvim", ":sleep 10 | echo ".
3664 \ 'server2client(expand("<client>"), "HELLO")<CR>')
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003665<
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00003666remove({list}, {idx} [, {end}]) *remove()*
3667 Without {end}: Remove the item at {idx} from List {list} and
3668 return it.
3669 With {end}: Remove items from {idx} to {end} (inclusive) and
3670 return a list with these items. When {idx} points to the same
3671 item as {end} a list with one item is returned. When {end}
3672 points to an item before {idx} this is an error.
3673 See |list-index| for possible values of {idx} and {end}.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003674 Example: >
3675 :echo "last item: " . remove(mylist, -1)
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00003676 :call remove(mylist, 0, 9)
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003677remove({dict}, {key})
3678 Remove the entry from {dict} with key {key}. Example: >
3679 :echo "removed " . remove(dict, "one")
3680< If there is no {key} in {dict} this is an error.
3681
3682 Use |delete()| to remove a file.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003683
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003684rename({from}, {to}) *rename()*
3685 Rename the file by the name {from} to the name {to}. This
3686 should also work to move files across file systems. The
3687 result is a Number, which is 0 if the file was renamed
3688 successfully, and non-zero when the renaming failed.
3689 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3690
Bram Moolenaarab79bcb2004-07-18 21:34:53 +00003691repeat({expr}, {count}) *repeat()*
3692 Repeat {expr} {count} times and return the concatenated
3693 result. Example: >
3694 :let seperator = repeat('-', 80)
3695< When {count} is zero or negative the result is empty.
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00003696 When {expr} is a List the result is {expr} concatenated
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003697 {count} times. Example: >
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00003698 :let longlist = repeat(['a', 'b'], 3)
3699< Results in ['a', 'b', 'a', 'b', 'a', 'b'].
Bram Moolenaarab79bcb2004-07-18 21:34:53 +00003700
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003701
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003702resolve({filename}) *resolve()* *E655*
3703 On MS-Windows, when {filename} is a shortcut (a .lnk file),
3704 returns the path the shortcut points to in a simplified form.
3705 On Unix, repeat resolving symbolic links in all path
3706 components of {filename} and return the simplified result.
3707 To cope with link cycles, resolving of symbolic links is
3708 stopped after 100 iterations.
3709 On other systems, return the simplified {filename}.
3710 The simplification step is done as by |simplify()|.
3711 resolve() keeps a leading path component specifying the
3712 current directory (provided the result is still a relative
3713 path name) and also keeps a trailing path separator.
3714
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003715 *reverse()*
3716reverse({list}) Reverse the order of items in {list} in-place. Returns
3717 {list}.
3718 If you want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
3719 :let revlist = reverse(copy(mylist))
3720
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003721search({pattern} [, {flags}]) *search()*
3722 Search for regexp pattern {pattern}. The search starts at the
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +00003723 cursor position (you can use |cursor()| to set it).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003724 {flags} is a String, which can contain these character flags:
3725 'b' search backward instead of forward
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00003726 'n' do Not move the cursor
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003727 'w' wrap around the end of the file
3728 'W' don't wrap around the end of the file
Bram Moolenaar02743632005-07-25 20:42:36 +00003729 's' set the ' mark at the previous location of the
3730 cursor.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003731 If neither 'w' or 'W' is given, the 'wrapscan' option applies.
3732
Bram Moolenaar02743632005-07-25 20:42:36 +00003733 If the 's' flag is supplied, the ' mark is set, only if the
3734 cursor is moved. The 's' flag cannot be combined with the 'n'
3735 flag.
3736
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00003737 When a match has been found its line number is returned.
3738 The cursor will be positioned at the match, unless the 'n'
3739 flag is used).
3740 If there is no match a 0 is returned and the cursor doesn't
3741 move. No error message is given.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003742
3743 Example (goes over all files in the argument list): >
3744 :let n = 1
3745 :while n <= argc() " loop over all files in arglist
3746 : exe "argument " . n
3747 : " start at the last char in the file and wrap for the
3748 : " first search to find match at start of file
3749 : normal G$
3750 : let flags = "w"
3751 : while search("foo", flags) > 0
3752 : s/foo/bar/g
3753 : let flags = "W"
3754 : endwhile
3755 : update " write the file if modified
3756 : let n = n + 1
3757 :endwhile
3758<
Bram Moolenaar92d640f2005-09-05 22:11:52 +00003759
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00003760searchdecl({name} [, {global} [, {thisblock}]]) *searchdecl()*
3761 Search for the declaration of {name}.
3762
3763 With a non-zero {global} argument it works like |gD|, find
3764 first match in the file. Otherwise it works like |gd|, find
3765 first match in the function.
3766
3767 With a non-zero {thisblock} argument matches in a {} block
3768 that ends before the cursor position are ignored. Avoids
3769 finding variable declarations only valid in another scope.
3770
Bram Moolenaar92d640f2005-09-05 22:11:52 +00003771 Moves the cursor to the found match.
3772 Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
3773 Example: >
3774 if searchdecl('myvar') == 0
3775 echo getline('.')
3776 endif
3777<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003778 *searchpair()*
3779searchpair({start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip}]])
3780 Search for the match of a nested start-end pair. This can be
3781 used to find the "endif" that matches an "if", while other
3782 if/endif pairs in between are ignored.
3783 The search starts at the cursor. If a match is found, the
3784 cursor is positioned at it and the line number is returned.
3785 If no match is found 0 or -1 is returned and the cursor
3786 doesn't move. No error message is given.
3787
3788 {start}, {middle} and {end} are patterns, see |pattern|. They
3789 must not contain \( \) pairs. Use of \%( \) is allowed. When
3790 {middle} is not empty, it is found when searching from either
3791 direction, but only when not in a nested start-end pair. A
3792 typical use is: >
3793 searchpair('\<if\>', '\<else\>', '\<endif\>')
3794< By leaving {middle} empty the "else" is skipped.
3795
3796 {flags} are used like with |search()|. Additionally:
3797 'n' do Not move the cursor
3798 'r' Repeat until no more matches found; will find the
3799 outer pair
3800 'm' return number of Matches instead of line number with
3801 the match; will only be > 1 when 'r' is used.
3802
3803 When a match for {start}, {middle} or {end} is found, the
3804 {skip} expression is evaluated with the cursor positioned on
3805 the start of the match. It should return non-zero if this
3806 match is to be skipped. E.g., because it is inside a comment
3807 or a string.
3808 When {skip} is omitted or empty, every match is accepted.
3809 When evaluating {skip} causes an error the search is aborted
3810 and -1 returned.
3811
3812 The value of 'ignorecase' is used. 'magic' is ignored, the
3813 patterns are used like it's on.
3814
3815 The search starts exactly at the cursor. A match with
3816 {start}, {middle} or {end} at the next character, in the
3817 direction of searching, is the first one found. Example: >
3818 if 1
3819 if 2
3820 endif 2
3821 endif 1
3822< When starting at the "if 2", with the cursor on the "i", and
3823 searching forwards, the "endif 2" is found. When starting on
3824 the character just before the "if 2", the "endif 1" will be
3825 found. That's because the "if 2" will be found first, and
3826 then this is considered to be a nested if/endif from "if 2" to
3827 "endif 2".
3828 When searching backwards and {end} is more than one character,
3829 it may be useful to put "\zs" at the end of the pattern, so
3830 that when the cursor is inside a match with the end it finds
3831 the matching start.
3832
3833 Example, to find the "endif" command in a Vim script: >
3834
3835 :echo searchpair('\<if\>', '\<el\%[seif]\>', '\<en\%[dif]\>', 'W',
3836 \ 'getline(".") =~ "^\\s*\""')
3837
3838< The cursor must be at or after the "if" for which a match is
3839 to be found. Note that single-quote strings are used to avoid
3840 having to double the backslashes. The skip expression only
3841 catches comments at the start of a line, not after a command.
3842 Also, a word "en" or "if" halfway a line is considered a
3843 match.
3844 Another example, to search for the matching "{" of a "}": >
3845
3846 :echo searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW')
3847
3848< This works when the cursor is at or before the "}" for which a
3849 match is to be found. To reject matches that syntax
3850 highlighting recognized as strings: >
3851
3852 :echo searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW',
3853 \ 'synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") =~? "string"')
3854<
3855server2client( {clientid}, {string}) *server2client()*
3856 Send a reply string to {clientid}. The most recent {clientid}
3857 that sent a string can be retrieved with expand("<client>").
3858 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3859 Note:
3860 This id has to be stored before the next command can be
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003861 received. I.e. before returning from the received command and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003862 before calling any commands that waits for input.
3863 See also |clientserver|.
3864 Example: >
3865 :echo server2client(expand("<client>"), "HELLO")
3866<
3867serverlist() *serverlist()*
3868 Return a list of available server names, one per line.
3869 When there are no servers or the information is not available
3870 an empty string is returned. See also |clientserver|.
3871 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3872 Example: >
3873 :echo serverlist()
3874<
3875setbufvar({expr}, {varname}, {val}) *setbufvar()*
3876 Set option or local variable {varname} in buffer {expr} to
3877 {val}.
3878 This also works for a global or local window option, but it
3879 doesn't work for a global or local window variable.
3880 For a local window option the global value is unchanged.
3881 For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
3882 Note that the variable name without "b:" must be used.
3883 Examples: >
3884 :call setbufvar(1, "&mod", 1)
3885 :call setbufvar("todo", "myvar", "foobar")
3886< This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3887
3888setcmdpos({pos}) *setcmdpos()*
3889 Set the cursor position in the command line to byte position
3890 {pos}. The first position is 1.
3891 Use |getcmdpos()| to obtain the current position.
3892 Only works while editing the command line, thus you must use
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003893 |c_CTRL-\_e|, |c_CTRL-R_=| or |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| with '='. For
3894 |c_CTRL-\_e| and |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| with '=' the position is
3895 set after the command line is set to the expression. For
3896 |c_CTRL-R_=| it is set after evaluating the expression but
3897 before inserting the resulting text.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003898 When the number is too big the cursor is put at the end of the
3899 line. A number smaller than one has undefined results.
3900 Returns 0 when successful, 1 when not editing the command
3901 line.
3902
3903setline({lnum}, {line}) *setline()*
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003904 Set line {lnum} of the current buffer to {line}.
3905 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003906 When {lnum} is just below the last line the {line} will be
3907 added as a new line.
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003908 If this succeeds, 0 is returned. If this fails (most likely
3909 because {lnum} is invalid) 1 is returned. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003910 :call setline(5, strftime("%c"))
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003911< When {line} is a List then line {lnum} and following lines
3912 will be set to the items in the list. Example: >
3913 :call setline(5, ['aaa', 'bbb', 'ccc'])
3914< This is equivalent to: >
3915 :for [n, l] in [[5, 6, 7], ['aaa', 'bbb', 'ccc']]
3916 : call setline(n, l)
3917 :endfor
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003918< Note: The '[ and '] marks are not set.
3919
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003920
Bram Moolenaar35c54e52005-05-20 21:25:31 +00003921setqflist({list} [, {action}]) *setqflist()*
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003922 Creates a quickfix list using the items in {list}. Each item
3923 in {list} is a dictionary. Non-dictionary items in {list} are
3924 ignored. Each dictionary item can contain the following
3925 entries:
3926
3927 filename name of a file
3928 lnum line number in the file
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003929 pattern search pattern used to locate the error
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00003930 col column number
3931 vcol when non-zero: "col" is visual column
3932 when zero: "col" is byte index
3933 nr error number
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003934 text description of the error
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00003935 type single-character error type, 'E', 'W', etc.
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003936
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00003937 The "col", "vcol", "nr", "type" and "text" entries are
3938 optional. Either "lnum" or "pattern" entry can be used to
3939 locate a matching error line.
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003940 If the "filename" entry is not present or neither the "lnum"
3941 or "pattern" entries are present, then the item will not be
3942 handled as an error line.
3943 If both "pattern" and "lnum" are present then "pattern" will
3944 be used.
3945
Bram Moolenaar35c54e52005-05-20 21:25:31 +00003946 If {action} is set to 'a', then the items from {list} are
3947 added to the existing quickfix list. If there is no existing
3948 list, then a new list is created. If {action} is set to 'r',
3949 then the items from the current quickfix list are replaced
3950 with the items from {list}. If {action} is not present or is
3951 set to ' ', then a new list is created.
3952
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003953 Returns zero for success, -1 for failure.
3954
3955 This function can be used to create a quickfix list
3956 independent of the 'errorformat' setting. Use a command like
3957 ":cc 1" to jump to the first position.
3958
3959
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003960 *setreg()*
3961setreg({regname}, {value} [,{options}])
3962 Set the register {regname} to {value}.
3963 If {options} contains "a" or {regname} is upper case,
3964 then the value is appended.
3965 {options} can also contains a register type specification:
3966 "c" or "v" |characterwise| mode
3967 "l" or "V" |linewise| mode
3968 "b" or "<CTRL-V>" |blockwise-visual| mode
3969 If a number immediately follows "b" or "<CTRL-V>" then this is
3970 used as the width of the selection - if it is not specified
3971 then the width of the block is set to the number of characters
3972 in the longest line (counting a <TAB> as 1 character).
3973
3974 If {options} contains no register settings, then the default
3975 is to use character mode unless {value} ends in a <NL>.
3976 Setting the '=' register is not possible.
3977 Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
3978
3979 Examples: >
3980 :call setreg(v:register, @*)
3981 :call setreg('*', @%, 'ac')
3982 :call setreg('a', "1\n2\n3", 'b5')
3983
3984< This example shows using the functions to save and restore a
3985 register. >
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003986 :let var_a = getreg('a', 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003987 :let var_amode = getregtype('a')
3988 ....
3989 :call setreg('a', var_a, var_amode)
3990
3991< You can also change the type of a register by appending
3992 nothing: >
3993 :call setreg('a', '', 'al')
3994
3995setwinvar({nr}, {varname}, {val}) *setwinvar()*
3996 Set option or local variable {varname} in window {nr} to
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003997 {val}. When {nr} is zero the current window is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003998 This also works for a global or local buffer option, but it
3999 doesn't work for a global or local buffer variable.
4000 For a local buffer option the global value is unchanged.
4001 Note that the variable name without "w:" must be used.
4002 Examples: >
4003 :call setwinvar(1, "&list", 0)
4004 :call setwinvar(2, "myvar", "foobar")
4005< This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
4006
4007simplify({filename}) *simplify()*
4008 Simplify the file name as much as possible without changing
4009 the meaning. Shortcuts (on MS-Windows) or symbolic links (on
4010 Unix) are not resolved. If the first path component in
4011 {filename} designates the current directory, this will be
4012 valid for the result as well. A trailing path separator is
4013 not removed either.
4014 Example: >
4015 simplify("./dir/.././/file/") == "./file/"
4016< Note: The combination "dir/.." is only removed if "dir" is
4017 a searchable directory or does not exist. On Unix, it is also
4018 removed when "dir" is a symbolic link within the same
4019 directory. In order to resolve all the involved symbolic
4020 links before simplifying the path name, use |resolve()|.
4021
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004022
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00004023sort({list} [, {func}]) *sort()* *E702*
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004024 Sort the items in {list} in-place. Returns {list}. If you
4025 want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
4026 :let sortedlist = sort(copy(mylist))
4027< Uses the string representation of each item to sort on.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00004028 Numbers sort after Strings, Lists after Numbers.
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00004029 For sorting text in the current buffer use |:sort|.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004030 When {func} is given and it is one then case is ignored.
4031 When {func} is a Funcref or a function name, this function is
4032 called to compare items. The function is invoked with two
4033 items as argument and must return zero if they are equal, 1 if
4034 the first one sorts after the second one, -1 if the first one
4035 sorts before the second one. Example: >
4036 func MyCompare(i1, i2)
4037 return a:i1 == a:i2 ? 0 : a:i1 > a:i2 ? 1 : -1
4038 endfunc
4039 let sortedlist = sort(mylist, "MyCompare")
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00004040<
4041
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00004042 *soundfold()*
4043soundfold({word})
4044 Return the sound-folded equivalent of {word}. Uses the first
4045 language in 'spellang' for the current window that supports
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00004046 soundfolding. 'spell' must be set. When no sound folding is
4047 possible the {word} is returned unmodified.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00004048 This can be used for making spelling suggestions. Note that
4049 the method can be quite slow.
4050
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00004051 *spellbadword()*
4052spellbadword() Return the badly spelled word under or after the cursor.
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00004053 The cursor is moved to the start of the bad word.
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00004054 When no bad word is found in the cursor line an empty String
4055 is returned and the cursor doesn't move.
4056
4057 *spellsuggest()*
4058spellsuggest({word} [, {max}])
4059 Return a List with spelling suggestions to replace {word}.
4060 When {max} is given up to this number of suggestions are
4061 returned. Otherwise up to 25 suggestions are returned.
4062
4063 {word} can be a badly spelled word followed by other text.
4064 This allows for joining two words that were split. The
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00004065 suggestions also include the following text, thus you can
4066 replace a line.
4067
4068 {word} may also be a good word. Similar words will then be
4069 returned. {word} itself is also included, most likely as the
4070 first entry, thus this can be used to check spelling.
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00004071
4072 The spelling information for the current window is used. The
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00004073 'spell' option must be set and the values of 'spelllang' and
4074 'spellsuggest' are used.
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00004075
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004076
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00004077split({expr} [, {pattern} [, {keepempty}]]) *split()*
4078 Make a List out of {expr}. When {pattern} is omitted or empty
4079 each white-separated sequence of characters becomes an item.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004080 Otherwise the string is split where {pattern} matches,
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00004081 removing the matched characters.
4082 When the first or last item is empty it is omitted, unless the
4083 {keepempty} argument is given and it's non-zero.
Bram Moolenaar5c06f8b2005-05-31 22:14:58 +00004084 Other empty items are kept when {pattern} matches at least one
4085 character or when {keepempty} is non-zero.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004086 Example: >
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00004087 :let words = split(getline('.'), '\W\+')
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00004088< To split a string in individual characters: >
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00004089 :for c in split(mystring, '\zs')
Bram Moolenaar0cb032e2005-04-23 20:52:00 +00004090< If you want to keep the separator you can also use '\zs': >
4091 :echo split('abc:def:ghi', ':\zs')
4092< ['abc:', 'def:', 'ghi'] ~
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00004093 Splitting a table where the first element can be empty: >
4094 :let items = split(line, ':', 1)
4095< The opposite function is |join()|.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004096
4097
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004098strftime({format} [, {time}]) *strftime()*
4099 The result is a String, which is a formatted date and time, as
4100 specified by the {format} string. The given {time} is used,
4101 or the current time if no time is given. The accepted
4102 {format} depends on your system, thus this is not portable!
4103 See the manual page of the C function strftime() for the
4104 format. The maximum length of the result is 80 characters.
4105 See also |localtime()| and |getftime()|.
4106 The language can be changed with the |:language| command.
4107 Examples: >
4108 :echo strftime("%c") Sun Apr 27 11:49:23 1997
4109 :echo strftime("%Y %b %d %X") 1997 Apr 27 11:53:25
4110 :echo strftime("%y%m%d %T") 970427 11:53:55
4111 :echo strftime("%H:%M") 11:55
4112 :echo strftime("%c", getftime("file.c"))
4113 Show mod time of file.c.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004114< Not available on all systems. To check use: >
4115 :if exists("*strftime")
4116
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004117stridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}]) *stridx()*
4118 The result is a Number, which gives the byte index in
4119 {haystack} of the first occurrence of the String {needle}.
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004120 If {start} is specified, the search starts at index {start}.
4121 This can be used to find a second match: >
4122 :let comma1 = stridx(line, ",")
4123 :let comma2 = stridx(line, ",", comma1 + 1)
4124< The search is done case-sensitive.
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004125 For pattern searches use |match()|.
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004126 -1 is returned if the {needle} does not occur in {haystack}.
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004127 See also |strridx()|.
4128 Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004129 :echo stridx("An Example", "Example") 3
4130 :echo stridx("Starting point", "Start") 0
4131 :echo stridx("Starting point", "start") -1
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004132< *strstr()* *strchr()*
4133 stridx() works similar to the C function strstr(). When used
4134 with a single character it works similar to strchr().
4135
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00004136 *string()*
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00004137string({expr}) Return {expr} converted to a String. If {expr} is a Number,
4138 String or a composition of them, then the result can be parsed
4139 back with |eval()|.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00004140 {expr} type result ~
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00004141 String 'string'
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00004142 Number 123
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00004143 Funcref function('name')
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00004144 List [item, item]
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00004145 Dictionary {key: value, key: value}
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00004146 Note that in String values the ' character is doubled.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00004147
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004148 *strlen()*
4149strlen({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the length of the String
Bram Moolenaare344bea2005-09-01 20:46:49 +00004150 {expr} in bytes.
4151 If you want to count the number of multi-byte characters (not
4152 counting composing characters) use something like this: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004153
4154 :let len = strlen(substitute(str, ".", "x", "g"))
Bram Moolenaare344bea2005-09-01 20:46:49 +00004155<
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00004156 If the argument is a Number it is first converted to a String.
4157 For other types an error is given.
4158 Also see |len()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004159
4160strpart({src}, {start}[, {len}]) *strpart()*
4161 The result is a String, which is part of {src}, starting from
4162 byte {start}, with the length {len}.
4163 When non-existing bytes are included, this doesn't result in
4164 an error, the bytes are simply omitted.
4165 If {len} is missing, the copy continues from {start} till the
4166 end of the {src}. >
4167 strpart("abcdefg", 3, 2) == "de"
4168 strpart("abcdefg", -2, 4) == "ab"
4169 strpart("abcdefg", 5, 4) == "fg"
4170 strpart("abcdefg", 3) == "defg"
4171< Note: To get the first character, {start} must be 0. For
4172 example, to get three bytes under and after the cursor: >
4173 strpart(getline(line(".")), col(".") - 1, 3)
4174<
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004175strridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}]) *strridx()*
4176 The result is a Number, which gives the byte index in
4177 {haystack} of the last occurrence of the String {needle}.
4178 When {start} is specified, matches beyond this index are
4179 ignored. This can be used to find a match before a previous
4180 match: >
4181 :let lastcomma = strridx(line, ",")
4182 :let comma2 = strridx(line, ",", lastcomma - 1)
4183< The search is done case-sensitive.
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004184 For pattern searches use |match()|.
4185 -1 is returned if the {needle} does not occur in {haystack}.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00004186 If the {needle} is empty the length of {haystack} is returned.
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00004187 See also |stridx()|. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004188 :echo strridx("an angry armadillo", "an") 3
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004189< *strrchr()*
4190 When used with a single character it works similar to the C
4191 function strrchr().
4192
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004193strtrans({expr}) *strtrans()*
4194 The result is a String, which is {expr} with all unprintable
4195 characters translated into printable characters |'isprint'|.
4196 Like they are shown in a window. Example: >
4197 echo strtrans(@a)
4198< This displays a newline in register a as "^@" instead of
4199 starting a new line.
4200
4201submatch({nr}) *submatch()*
4202 Only for an expression in a |:substitute| command. Returns
4203 the {nr}'th submatch of the matched text. When {nr} is 0
4204 the whole matched text is returned.
4205 Example: >
4206 :s/\d\+/\=submatch(0) + 1/
4207< This finds the first number in the line and adds one to it.
4208 A line break is included as a newline character.
4209
4210substitute({expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags}) *substitute()*
4211 The result is a String, which is a copy of {expr}, in which
4212 the first match of {pat} is replaced with {sub}. This works
4213 like the ":substitute" command (without any flags). But the
4214 matching with {pat} is always done like the 'magic' option is
4215 set and 'cpoptions' is empty (to make scripts portable).
4216 See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
4217 And a "~" in {sub} is not replaced with the previous {sub}.
4218 Note that some codes in {sub} have a special meaning
4219 |sub-replace-special|. For example, to replace something with
4220 "\n" (two characters), use "\\\\n" or '\\n'.
4221 When {pat} does not match in {expr}, {expr} is returned
4222 unmodified.
4223 When {flags} is "g", all matches of {pat} in {expr} are
4224 replaced. Otherwise {flags} should be "".
4225 Example: >
4226 :let &path = substitute(&path, ",\\=[^,]*$", "", "")
4227< This removes the last component of the 'path' option. >
4228 :echo substitute("testing", ".*", "\\U\\0", "")
4229< results in "TESTING".
4230
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00004231synID({lnum}, {col}, {trans}) *synID()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004232 The result is a Number, which is the syntax ID at the position
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00004233 {lnum} and {col} in the current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004234 The syntax ID can be used with |synIDattr()| and
4235 |synIDtrans()| to obtain syntax information about text.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004236
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00004237 {col} is 1 for the leftmost column, {lnum} is 1 for the first
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004238 line. 'synmaxcol' applies, in a longer line zero is returned.
4239
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004240 When {trans} is non-zero, transparent items are reduced to the
4241 item that they reveal. This is useful when wanting to know
4242 the effective color. When {trans} is zero, the transparent
4243 item is returned. This is useful when wanting to know which
4244 syntax item is effective (e.g. inside parens).
4245 Warning: This function can be very slow. Best speed is
4246 obtained by going through the file in forward direction.
4247
4248 Example (echoes the name of the syntax item under the cursor): >
4249 :echo synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 1), "name")
4250<
4251synIDattr({synID}, {what} [, {mode}]) *synIDattr()*
4252 The result is a String, which is the {what} attribute of
4253 syntax ID {synID}. This can be used to obtain information
4254 about a syntax item.
4255 {mode} can be "gui", "cterm" or "term", to get the attributes
4256 for that mode. When {mode} is omitted, or an invalid value is
4257 used, the attributes for the currently active highlighting are
4258 used (GUI, cterm or term).
4259 Use synIDtrans() to follow linked highlight groups.
4260 {what} result
4261 "name" the name of the syntax item
4262 "fg" foreground color (GUI: color name used to set
4263 the color, cterm: color number as a string,
4264 term: empty string)
4265 "bg" background color (like "fg")
4266 "fg#" like "fg", but for the GUI and the GUI is
4267 running the name in "#RRGGBB" form
4268 "bg#" like "fg#" for "bg"
4269 "bold" "1" if bold
4270 "italic" "1" if italic
4271 "reverse" "1" if reverse
4272 "inverse" "1" if inverse (= reverse)
4273 "underline" "1" if underlined
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004274 "undercurl" "1" if undercurled
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004275
4276 Example (echoes the color of the syntax item under the
4277 cursor): >
4278 :echo synIDattr(synIDtrans(synID(line("."), col("."), 1)), "fg")
4279<
4280synIDtrans({synID}) *synIDtrans()*
4281 The result is a Number, which is the translated syntax ID of
4282 {synID}. This is the syntax group ID of what is being used to
4283 highlight the character. Highlight links given with
4284 ":highlight link" are followed.
4285
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00004286system({expr} [, {input}]) *system()* *E677*
4287 Get the output of the shell command {expr}.
4288 When {input} is given, this string is written to a file and
4289 passed as stdin to the command. The string is written as-is,
4290 you need to take care of using the correct line separators
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004291 yourself. Pipes are not used.
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00004292 Note: newlines in {expr} may cause the command to fail. The
4293 characters in 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote' may also cause
4294 trouble.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004295 This is not to be used for interactive commands.
4296 The result is a String. Example: >
4297
4298 :let files = system("ls")
4299
4300< To make the result more system-independent, the shell output
4301 is filtered to replace <CR> with <NL> for Macintosh, and
4302 <CR><NL> with <NL> for DOS-like systems.
4303 The command executed is constructed using several options:
4304 'shell' 'shellcmdflag' 'shellxquote' {expr} 'shellredir' {tmp} 'shellxquote'
4305 ({tmp} is an automatically generated file name).
4306 For Unix and OS/2 braces are put around {expr} to allow for
4307 concatenated commands.
4308
4309 The resulting error code can be found in |v:shell_error|.
4310 This function will fail in |restricted-mode|.
4311 Unlike ":!cmd" there is no automatic check for changed files.
4312 Use |:checktime| to force a check.
4313
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004314
4315taglist({expr}) *taglist()*
4316 Returns a list of tags matching the regular expression {expr}.
Bram Moolenaard8c00872005-07-22 21:52:15 +00004317 Each list item is a dictionary with at least the following
4318 entries:
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004319 name name of the tag.
4320 filename name of the file where the tag is
4321 defined.
4322 cmd Ex command used to locate the tag in
4323 the file.
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00004324 kind type of the tag. The value for this
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004325 entry depends on the language specific
4326 kind values generated by the ctags
4327 tool.
4328 static a file specific tag. Refer to
4329 |static-tag| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar4317d9b2005-03-18 20:25:31 +00004330 The "kind" entry is only available when using Exuberant ctags
4331 generated tags file. More entries may be present, depending
4332 on the content of the tags file: access, implementation,
4333 inherits and signature. Refer to the ctags documentation for
4334 information about these fields. For C code the fields
4335 "struct", "class" and "enum" may appear, they give the name of
4336 the entity the tag is contained in.
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00004337
Bram Moolenaar4317d9b2005-03-18 20:25:31 +00004338 The ex-command 'cmd' can be either an ex search pattern, a
4339 line number or a line number followed by a byte number.
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004340
4341 If there are no matching tags, then an empty list is returned.
4342
4343 To get an exact tag match, the anchors '^' and '$' should be
4344 used in {expr}. Refer to |tag-regexp| for more information
4345 about the tag search regular expression pattern.
4346
4347 Refer to |'tags'| for information about how the tags file is
4348 located by Vim. Refer to |tags-file-format| for the format of
4349 the tags file generated by the different ctags tools.
4350
Bram Moolenaar578b49e2005-09-10 19:22:57 +00004351 *tagfiles()*
Bram Moolenaare7eb9df2005-09-09 19:49:30 +00004352tagfiles() Returns a List with the file names used to search for tags for
4353 the current buffer. This is the 'tags' option expanded.
4354
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004355
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004356tempname() *tempname()* *temp-file-name*
4357 The result is a String, which is the name of a file that
4358 doesn't exist. It can be used for a temporary file. The name
4359 is different for at least 26 consecutive calls. Example: >
4360 :let tmpfile = tempname()
4361 :exe "redir > " . tmpfile
4362< For Unix, the file will be in a private directory (only
4363 accessible by the current user) to avoid security problems
4364 (e.g., a symlink attack or other people reading your file).
4365 When Vim exits the directory and all files in it are deleted.
4366 For MS-Windows forward slashes are used when the 'shellslash'
4367 option is set or when 'shellcmdflag' starts with '-'.
4368
4369tolower({expr}) *tolower()*
4370 The result is a copy of the String given, with all uppercase
4371 characters turned into lowercase (just like applying |gu| to
4372 the string).
4373
4374toupper({expr}) *toupper()*
4375 The result is a copy of the String given, with all lowercase
4376 characters turned into uppercase (just like applying |gU| to
4377 the string).
4378
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00004379tr({src}, {fromstr}, {tostr}) *tr()*
4380 The result is a copy of the {src} string with all characters
4381 which appear in {fromstr} replaced by the character in that
4382 position in the {tostr} string. Thus the first character in
4383 {fromstr} is translated into the first character in {tostr}
4384 and so on. Exactly like the unix "tr" command.
4385 This code also deals with multibyte characters properly.
4386
4387 Examples: >
4388 echo tr("hello there", "ht", "HT")
4389< returns "Hello THere" >
4390 echo tr("<blob>", "<>", "{}")
4391< returns "{blob}"
4392
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00004393 *type()*
4394type({expr}) The result is a Number, depending on the type of {expr}:
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00004395 Number: 0
4396 String: 1
4397 Funcref: 2
4398 List: 3
4399 Dictionary: 4
4400 To avoid the magic numbers it should be used this way: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00004401 :if type(myvar) == type(0)
4402 :if type(myvar) == type("")
4403 :if type(myvar) == type(function("tr"))
4404 :if type(myvar) == type([])
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00004405 :if type(myvar) == type({})
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004406
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004407values({dict}) *values()*
4408 Return a List with all the values of {dict}. The List is in
4409 arbitrary order.
4410
4411
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004412virtcol({expr}) *virtcol()*
4413 The result is a Number, which is the screen column of the file
4414 position given with {expr}. That is, the last screen position
4415 occupied by the character at that position, when the screen
4416 would be of unlimited width. When there is a <Tab> at the
4417 position, the returned Number will be the column at the end of
4418 the <Tab>. For example, for a <Tab> in column 1, with 'ts'
4419 set to 8, it returns 8.
4420 For the byte position use |col()|.
4421 When Virtual editing is active in the current mode, a position
4422 beyond the end of the line can be returned. |'virtualedit'|
4423 The accepted positions are:
4424 . the cursor position
4425 $ the end of the cursor line (the result is the
4426 number of displayed characters in the cursor line
4427 plus one)
4428 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
4429 returned)
4430 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
4431 Examples: >
4432 virtcol(".") with text "foo^Lbar", with cursor on the "^L", returns 5
4433 virtcol("$") with text "foo^Lbar", returns 9
4434 virtcol("'t") with text " there", with 't at 'h', returns 6
4435< The first column is 1. 0 is returned for an error.
4436
4437visualmode([expr]) *visualmode()*
4438 The result is a String, which describes the last Visual mode
4439 used. Initially it returns an empty string, but once Visual
4440 mode has been used, it returns "v", "V", or "<CTRL-V>" (a
4441 single CTRL-V character) for character-wise, line-wise, or
4442 block-wise Visual mode respectively.
4443 Example: >
4444 :exe "normal " . visualmode()
4445< This enters the same Visual mode as before. It is also useful
4446 in scripts if you wish to act differently depending on the
4447 Visual mode that was used.
4448
4449 If an expression is supplied that results in a non-zero number
4450 or a non-empty string, then the Visual mode will be cleared
4451 and the old value is returned. Note that " " and "0" are also
4452 non-empty strings, thus cause the mode to be cleared.
4453
4454 *winbufnr()*
4455winbufnr({nr}) The result is a Number, which is the number of the buffer
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00004456 associated with window {nr}. When {nr} is zero, the number of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004457 the buffer in the current window is returned. When window
4458 {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
4459 Example: >
4460 :echo "The file in the current window is " . bufname(winbufnr(0))
4461<
4462 *wincol()*
4463wincol() The result is a Number, which is the virtual column of the
4464 cursor in the window. This is counting screen cells from the
4465 left side of the window. The leftmost column is one.
4466
4467winheight({nr}) *winheight()*
4468 The result is a Number, which is the height of window {nr}.
4469 When {nr} is zero, the height of the current window is
4470 returned. When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
4471 An existing window always has a height of zero or more.
4472 Examples: >
4473 :echo "The current window has " . winheight(0) . " lines."
4474<
4475 *winline()*
4476winline() The result is a Number, which is the screen line of the cursor
4477 in the window. This is counting screen lines from the top of
4478 the window. The first line is one.
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00004479 If the cursor was moved the view on the file will be updated
4480 first, this may cause a scroll.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004481
4482 *winnr()*
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00004483winnr([{arg}]) The result is a Number, which is the number of the current
4484 window. The top window has number 1.
4485 When the optional argument is "$", the number of the
4486 last window is returnd (the window count).
4487 When the optional argument is "#", the number of the last
4488 accessed window is returned (where |CTRL-W_p| goes to).
4489 If there is no previous window 0 is returned.
4490 The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w"
4491 |:wincmd|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004492
4493 *winrestcmd()*
4494winrestcmd() Returns a sequence of |:resize| commands that should restore
4495 the current window sizes. Only works properly when no windows
4496 are opened or closed and the current window is unchanged.
4497 Example: >
4498 :let cmd = winrestcmd()
4499 :call MessWithWindowSizes()
4500 :exe cmd
4501
4502winwidth({nr}) *winwidth()*
4503 The result is a Number, which is the width of window {nr}.
4504 When {nr} is zero, the width of the current window is
4505 returned. When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
4506 An existing window always has a width of zero or more.
4507 Examples: >
4508 :echo "The current window has " . winwidth(0) . " columns."
4509 :if winwidth(0) <= 50
4510 : exe "normal 50\<C-W>|"
4511 :endif
4512<
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00004513 *writefile()*
4514writefile({list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
4515 Write List {list} to file {fname}. Each list item is
4516 separated with a NL. Each list item must be a String or
4517 Number.
4518 When {binary} is equal to "b" binary mode is used: There will
4519 not be a NL after the last list item. An empty item at the
4520 end does cause the last line in the file to end in a NL.
4521 All NL characters are replaced with a NUL character.
4522 Inserting CR characters needs to be done before passing {list}
4523 to writefile().
4524 An existing file is overwritten, if possible.
4525 When the write fails -1 is returned, otherwise 0. There is an
4526 error message if the file can't be created or when writing
4527 fails.
4528 Also see |readfile()|.
4529 To copy a file byte for byte: >
4530 :let fl = readfile("foo", "b")
4531 :call writefile(fl, "foocopy", "b")
4532<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004533
4534 *feature-list*
4535There are three types of features:
45361. Features that are only supported when they have been enabled when Vim
4537 was compiled |+feature-list|. Example: >
4538 :if has("cindent")
45392. Features that are only supported when certain conditions have been met.
4540 Example: >
4541 :if has("gui_running")
4542< *has-patch*
45433. Included patches. First check |v:version| for the version of Vim.
4544 Then the "patch123" feature means that patch 123 has been included for
4545 this version. Example (checking version 6.2.148 or later): >
4546 :if v:version > 602 || v:version == 602 && has("patch148")
4547
4548all_builtin_terms Compiled with all builtin terminals enabled.
4549amiga Amiga version of Vim.
4550arabic Compiled with Arabic support |Arabic|.
4551arp Compiled with ARP support (Amiga).
4552autocmd Compiled with autocommands support.
4553balloon_eval Compiled with |balloon-eval| support.
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00004554balloon_multiline GUI supports multiline balloons.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004555beos BeOS version of Vim.
4556browse Compiled with |:browse| support, and browse() will
4557 work.
4558builtin_terms Compiled with some builtin terminals.
4559byte_offset Compiled with support for 'o' in 'statusline'
4560cindent Compiled with 'cindent' support.
4561clientserver Compiled with remote invocation support |clientserver|.
4562clipboard Compiled with 'clipboard' support.
4563cmdline_compl Compiled with |cmdline-completion| support.
4564cmdline_hist Compiled with |cmdline-history| support.
4565cmdline_info Compiled with 'showcmd' and 'ruler' support.
4566comments Compiled with |'comments'| support.
4567cryptv Compiled with encryption support |encryption|.
4568cscope Compiled with |cscope| support.
4569compatible Compiled to be very Vi compatible.
4570debug Compiled with "DEBUG" defined.
4571dialog_con Compiled with console dialog support.
4572dialog_gui Compiled with GUI dialog support.
4573diff Compiled with |vimdiff| and 'diff' support.
4574digraphs Compiled with support for digraphs.
4575dnd Compiled with support for the "~ register |quote_~|.
4576dos32 32 bits DOS (DJGPP) version of Vim.
4577dos16 16 bits DOS version of Vim.
4578ebcdic Compiled on a machine with ebcdic character set.
4579emacs_tags Compiled with support for Emacs tags.
4580eval Compiled with expression evaluation support. Always
4581 true, of course!
4582ex_extra Compiled with extra Ex commands |+ex_extra|.
4583extra_search Compiled with support for |'incsearch'| and
4584 |'hlsearch'|
4585farsi Compiled with Farsi support |farsi|.
4586file_in_path Compiled with support for |gf| and |<cfile>|
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004587filterpipe When 'shelltemp' is off pipes are used for shell
4588 read/write/filter commands
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004589find_in_path Compiled with support for include file searches
4590 |+find_in_path|.
4591fname_case Case in file names matters (for Amiga, MS-DOS, and
4592 Windows this is not present).
4593folding Compiled with |folding| support.
4594footer Compiled with GUI footer support. |gui-footer|
4595fork Compiled to use fork()/exec() instead of system().
4596gettext Compiled with message translation |multi-lang|
4597gui Compiled with GUI enabled.
4598gui_athena Compiled with Athena GUI.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004599gui_gtk Compiled with GTK+ GUI (any version).
4600gui_gtk2 Compiled with GTK+ 2 GUI (gui_gtk is also defined).
Bram Moolenaar843ee412004-06-30 16:16:41 +00004601gui_kde Compiled with KDE GUI |KVim|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004602gui_mac Compiled with Macintosh GUI.
4603gui_motif Compiled with Motif GUI.
4604gui_photon Compiled with Photon GUI.
4605gui_win32 Compiled with MS Windows Win32 GUI.
4606gui_win32s idem, and Win32s system being used (Windows 3.1)
4607gui_running Vim is running in the GUI, or it will start soon.
4608hangul_input Compiled with Hangul input support. |hangul|
4609iconv Can use iconv() for conversion.
4610insert_expand Compiled with support for CTRL-X expansion commands in
4611 Insert mode.
4612jumplist Compiled with |jumplist| support.
4613keymap Compiled with 'keymap' support.
4614langmap Compiled with 'langmap' support.
4615libcall Compiled with |libcall()| support.
4616linebreak Compiled with 'linebreak', 'breakat' and 'showbreak'
4617 support.
4618lispindent Compiled with support for lisp indenting.
4619listcmds Compiled with commands for the buffer list |:files|
4620 and the argument list |arglist|.
4621localmap Compiled with local mappings and abbr. |:map-local|
4622mac Macintosh version of Vim.
4623macunix Macintosh version of Vim, using Unix files (OS-X).
4624menu Compiled with support for |:menu|.
4625mksession Compiled with support for |:mksession|.
4626modify_fname Compiled with file name modifiers. |filename-modifiers|
4627mouse Compiled with support mouse.
4628mouseshape Compiled with support for 'mouseshape'.
4629mouse_dec Compiled with support for Dec terminal mouse.
4630mouse_gpm Compiled with support for gpm (Linux console mouse)
4631mouse_netterm Compiled with support for netterm mouse.
4632mouse_pterm Compiled with support for qnx pterm mouse.
4633mouse_xterm Compiled with support for xterm mouse.
4634multi_byte Compiled with support for editing Korean et al.
4635multi_byte_ime Compiled with support for IME input method.
4636multi_lang Compiled with support for multiple languages.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00004637mzscheme Compiled with MzScheme interface |mzscheme|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004638netbeans_intg Compiled with support for |netbeans|.
Bram Moolenaar009b2592004-10-24 19:18:58 +00004639netbeans_enabled Compiled with support for |netbeans| and it's used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004640ole Compiled with OLE automation support for Win32.
4641os2 OS/2 version of Vim.
4642osfiletype Compiled with support for osfiletypes |+osfiletype|
4643path_extra Compiled with up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
4644perl Compiled with Perl interface.
4645postscript Compiled with PostScript file printing.
4646printer Compiled with |:hardcopy| support.
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004647profile Compiled with |:profile| support.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004648python Compiled with Python interface.
4649qnx QNX version of Vim.
4650quickfix Compiled with |quickfix| support.
4651rightleft Compiled with 'rightleft' support.
4652ruby Compiled with Ruby interface |ruby|.
4653scrollbind Compiled with 'scrollbind' support.
4654showcmd Compiled with 'showcmd' support.
4655signs Compiled with |:sign| support.
4656smartindent Compiled with 'smartindent' support.
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00004657sniff Compiled with SNiFF interface support.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004658statusline Compiled with support for 'statusline', 'rulerformat'
4659 and special formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'.
4660sun_workshop Compiled with support for Sun |workshop|.
Bram Moolenaar82cf9b62005-06-07 21:09:25 +00004661spell Compiled with spell checking support |spell|.
4662syntax Compiled with syntax highlighting support |syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004663syntax_items There are active syntax highlighting items for the
4664 current buffer.
4665system Compiled to use system() instead of fork()/exec().
4666tag_binary Compiled with binary searching in tags files
4667 |tag-binary-search|.
4668tag_old_static Compiled with support for old static tags
4669 |tag-old-static|.
4670tag_any_white Compiled with support for any white characters in tags
4671 files |tag-any-white|.
4672tcl Compiled with Tcl interface.
4673terminfo Compiled with terminfo instead of termcap.
4674termresponse Compiled with support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|.
4675textobjects Compiled with support for |text-objects|.
4676tgetent Compiled with tgetent support, able to use a termcap
4677 or terminfo file.
4678title Compiled with window title support |'title'|.
4679toolbar Compiled with support for |gui-toolbar|.
4680unix Unix version of Vim.
4681user_commands User-defined commands.
4682viminfo Compiled with viminfo support.
4683vim_starting True while initial source'ing takes place.
4684vertsplit Compiled with vertically split windows |:vsplit|.
4685virtualedit Compiled with 'virtualedit' option.
4686visual Compiled with Visual mode.
4687visualextra Compiled with extra Visual mode commands.
4688 |blockwise-operators|.
4689vms VMS version of Vim.
4690vreplace Compiled with |gR| and |gr| commands.
4691wildignore Compiled with 'wildignore' option.
4692wildmenu Compiled with 'wildmenu' option.
4693windows Compiled with support for more than one window.
4694winaltkeys Compiled with 'winaltkeys' option.
4695win16 Win16 version of Vim (MS-Windows 3.1).
4696win32 Win32 version of Vim (MS-Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP).
4697win64 Win64 version of Vim (MS-Windows 64 bit).
4698win32unix Win32 version of Vim, using Unix files (Cygwin)
4699win95 Win32 version for MS-Windows 95/98/ME.
4700writebackup Compiled with 'writebackup' default on.
4701xfontset Compiled with X fontset support |xfontset|.
4702xim Compiled with X input method support |xim|.
4703xsmp Compiled with X session management support.
4704xsmp_interact Compiled with interactive X session management support.
4705xterm_clipboard Compiled with support for xterm clipboard.
4706xterm_save Compiled with support for saving and restoring the
4707 xterm screen.
4708x11 Compiled with X11 support.
4709
4710 *string-match*
4711Matching a pattern in a String
4712
4713A regexp pattern as explained at |pattern| is normally used to find a match in
4714the buffer lines. When a pattern is used to find a match in a String, almost
4715everything works in the same way. The difference is that a String is handled
4716like it is one line. When it contains a "\n" character, this is not seen as a
4717line break for the pattern. It can be matched with a "\n" in the pattern, or
4718with ".". Example: >
4719 :let a = "aaaa\nxxxx"
4720 :echo matchstr(a, "..\n..")
4721 aa
4722 xx
4723 :echo matchstr(a, "a.x")
4724 a
4725 x
4726
4727Don't forget that "^" will only match at the first character of the String and
4728"$" at the last character of the string. They don't match after or before a
4729"\n".
4730
4731==============================================================================
47325. Defining functions *user-functions*
4733
4734New functions can be defined. These can be called just like builtin
4735functions. The function executes a sequence of Ex commands. Normal mode
4736commands can be executed with the |:normal| command.
4737
4738The function name must start with an uppercase letter, to avoid confusion with
4739builtin functions. To prevent from using the same name in different scripts
4740avoid obvious, short names. A good habit is to start the function name with
4741the name of the script, e.g., "HTMLcolor()".
4742
Bram Moolenaar92d640f2005-09-05 22:11:52 +00004743It's also possible to use curly braces, see |curly-braces-names|. And the
4744|autoload| facility is useful to define a function only when it's called.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004745
4746 *local-function*
4747A function local to a script must start with "s:". A local script function
4748can only be called from within the script and from functions, user commands
4749and autocommands defined in the script. It is also possible to call the
4750function from a mappings defined in the script, but then |<SID>| must be used
4751instead of "s:" when the mapping is expanded outside of the script.
4752
4753 *:fu* *:function* *E128* *E129* *E123*
4754:fu[nction] List all functions and their arguments.
4755
4756:fu[nction] {name} List function {name}.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004757 {name} can also be a Dictionary entry that is a
4758 Funcref: >
4759 :function dict.init
Bram Moolenaar92d640f2005-09-05 22:11:52 +00004760
4761:fu[nction] /{pattern} List functions with a name matching {pattern}.
4762 Example that lists all functions ending with "File": >
4763 :function /File$
Bram Moolenaar5b8d8fd2005-08-16 23:01:50 +00004764<
4765 *:function-verbose*
4766When 'verbose' is non-zero, listing a function will also display where it was
4767last defined. Example: >
4768
4769 :verbose function SetFileTypeSH
4770 function SetFileTypeSH(name)
4771 Last set from /usr/share/vim/vim-7.0/filetype.vim
4772<
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00004773See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar5b8d8fd2005-08-16 23:01:50 +00004774
4775 *E124* *E125*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00004776:fu[nction][!] {name}([arguments]) [range] [abort] [dict]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004777 Define a new function by the name {name}. The name
4778 must be made of alphanumeric characters and '_', and
4779 must start with a capital or "s:" (see above).
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004780
4781 {name} can also be a Dictionary entry that is a
4782 Funcref: >
4783 :function dict.init(arg)
4784< "dict" must be an existing dictionary. The entry
4785 "init" is added if it didn't exist yet. Otherwise [!]
4786 is required to overwrite an existing function. The
4787 result is a |Funcref| to a numbered function. The
4788 function can only be used with a |Funcref| and will be
4789 deleted if there are no more references to it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004790 *E127* *E122*
4791 When a function by this name already exists and [!] is
4792 not used an error message is given. When [!] is used,
4793 an existing function is silently replaced. Unless it
4794 is currently being executed, that is an error.
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004795
4796 For the {arguments} see |function-argument|.
4797
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004798 *a:firstline* *a:lastline*
4799 When the [range] argument is added, the function is
4800 expected to take care of a range itself. The range is
4801 passed as "a:firstline" and "a:lastline". If [range]
4802 is excluded, ":{range}call" will call the function for
4803 each line in the range, with the cursor on the start
4804 of each line. See |function-range-example|.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004805
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004806 When the [abort] argument is added, the function will
4807 abort as soon as an error is detected.
4808 The last used search pattern and the redo command "."
4809 will not be changed by the function.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004810
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00004811 When the [dict] argument is added, the function must
4812 be invoked through an entry in a Dictionary. The
4813 local variable "self" will then be set to the
4814 dictionary. See |Dictionary-function|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004815
4816 *:endf* *:endfunction* *E126* *E193*
4817:endf[unction] The end of a function definition. Must be on a line
4818 by its own, without other commands.
4819
4820 *:delf* *:delfunction* *E130* *E131*
4821:delf[unction] {name} Delete function {name}.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004822 {name} can also be a Dictionary entry that is a
4823 Funcref: >
4824 :delfunc dict.init
4825< This will remove the "init" entry from "dict". The
4826 function is deleted if there are no more references to
4827 it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004828 *:retu* *:return* *E133*
4829:retu[rn] [expr] Return from a function. When "[expr]" is given, it is
4830 evaluated and returned as the result of the function.
4831 If "[expr]" is not given, the number 0 is returned.
4832 When a function ends without an explicit ":return",
4833 the number 0 is returned.
4834 Note that there is no check for unreachable lines,
4835 thus there is no warning if commands follow ":return".
4836
4837 If the ":return" is used after a |:try| but before the
4838 matching |:finally| (if present), the commands
4839 following the ":finally" up to the matching |:endtry|
4840 are executed first. This process applies to all
4841 nested ":try"s inside the function. The function
4842 returns at the outermost ":endtry".
4843
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004844 *function-argument* *a:var*
4845An argument can be defined by giving its name. In the function this can then
4846be used as "a:name" ("a:" for argument).
4847 *a:0* *a:1* *a:000* *E740*
4848Up to 20 arguments can be given, separated by commas. After the named
4849arguments an argument "..." can be specified, which means that more arguments
4850may optionally be following. In the function the extra arguments can be used
4851as "a:1", "a:2", etc. "a:0" is set to the number of extra arguments (which
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00004852can be 0). "a:000" is set to a List that contains these arguments. Note that
4853"a:1" is the same as "a:000[0]".
4854 *E742*
4855The a: scope and the variables in it cannot be changed, they are fixed.
4856However, if a List or Dictionary is used, you can changes their contents.
4857Thus you can pass a List to a function and have the function add an item to
4858it. If you want to make sure the function cannot change a List or Dictionary
4859use |:lockvar|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004860
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004861When not using "...", the number of arguments in a function call must be equal
4862to the number of named arguments. When using "...", the number of arguments
4863may be larger.
4864
4865It is also possible to define a function without any arguments. You must
4866still supply the () then. The body of the function follows in the next lines,
4867until the matching |:endfunction|. It is allowed to define another function
4868inside a function body.
4869
4870 *local-variables*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004871Inside a function variables can be used. These are local variables, which
4872will disappear when the function returns. Global variables need to be
4873accessed with "g:".
4874
4875Example: >
4876 :function Table(title, ...)
4877 : echohl Title
4878 : echo a:title
4879 : echohl None
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004880 : echo a:0 . " items:"
4881 : for s in a:000
4882 : echon ' ' . s
4883 : endfor
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004884 :endfunction
4885
4886This function can then be called with: >
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004887 call Table("Table", "line1", "line2")
4888 call Table("Empty Table")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004889
4890To return more than one value, pass the name of a global variable: >
4891 :function Compute(n1, n2, divname)
4892 : if a:n2 == 0
4893 : return "fail"
4894 : endif
4895 : let g:{a:divname} = a:n1 / a:n2
4896 : return "ok"
4897 :endfunction
4898
4899This function can then be called with: >
4900 :let success = Compute(13, 1324, "div")
4901 :if success == "ok"
4902 : echo div
4903 :endif
4904
4905An alternative is to return a command that can be executed. This also works
4906with local variables in a calling function. Example: >
4907 :function Foo()
4908 : execute Bar()
4909 : echo "line " . lnum . " column " . col
4910 :endfunction
4911
4912 :function Bar()
4913 : return "let lnum = " . line(".") . " | let col = " . col(".")
4914 :endfunction
4915
4916The names "lnum" and "col" could also be passed as argument to Bar(), to allow
4917the caller to set the names.
4918
4919 *:cal* *:call* *E107*
4920:[range]cal[l] {name}([arguments])
4921 Call a function. The name of the function and its arguments
4922 are as specified with |:function|. Up to 20 arguments can be
4923 used.
4924 Without a range and for functions that accept a range, the
4925 function is called once. When a range is given the cursor is
4926 positioned at the start of the first line before executing the
4927 function.
4928 When a range is given and the function doesn't handle it
4929 itself, the function is executed for each line in the range,
4930 with the cursor in the first column of that line. The cursor
4931 is left at the last line (possibly moved by the last function
4932 call). The arguments are re-evaluated for each line. Thus
4933 this works:
4934 *function-range-example* >
4935 :function Mynumber(arg)
4936 : echo line(".") . " " . a:arg
4937 :endfunction
4938 :1,5call Mynumber(getline("."))
4939<
4940 The "a:firstline" and "a:lastline" are defined anyway, they
4941 can be used to do something different at the start or end of
4942 the range.
4943
4944 Example of a function that handles the range itself: >
4945
4946 :function Cont() range
4947 : execute (a:firstline + 1) . "," . a:lastline . 's/^/\t\\ '
4948 :endfunction
4949 :4,8call Cont()
4950<
4951 This function inserts the continuation character "\" in front
4952 of all the lines in the range, except the first one.
4953
4954 *E132*
4955The recursiveness of user functions is restricted with the |'maxfuncdepth'|
4956option.
4957
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004958
4959AUTOMATICALLY LOADING FUNCTIONS ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004960 *autoload-functions*
4961When using many or large functions, it's possible to automatically define them
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004962only when they are used. There are two methods: with an autocommand and with
4963the "autoload" directory in 'runtimepath'.
4964
4965
4966Using an autocommand ~
4967
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004968This is introduced in the user manual, section |41.14|.
4969
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004970The autocommand is useful if you have a plugin that is a long Vim script file.
4971You can define the autocommand and quickly quit the script with |:finish|.
4972That makes Vim startup faster. The autocommand should then load the same file
4973again, setting a variable to skip the |:finish| command.
4974
4975Use the FuncUndefined autocommand event with a pattern that matches the
4976function(s) to be defined. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004977
4978 :au FuncUndefined BufNet* source ~/vim/bufnetfuncs.vim
4979
4980The file "~/vim/bufnetfuncs.vim" should then define functions that start with
4981"BufNet". Also see |FuncUndefined|.
4982
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004983
4984Using an autoload script ~
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004985 *autoload* *E746*
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004986This is introduced in the user manual, section |41.15|.
4987
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004988Using a script in the "autoload" directory is simpler, but requires using
4989exactly the right file name. A function that can be autoloaded has a name
4990like this: >
4991
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004992 :call filename#funcname()
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004993
4994When such a function is called, and it is not defined yet, Vim will search the
4995"autoload" directories in 'runtimepath' for a script file called
4996"filename.vim". For example "~/.vim/autoload/filename.vim". That file should
4997then define the function like this: >
4998
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004999 function filename#funcname()
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00005000 echo "Done!"
5001 endfunction
5002
Bram Moolenaar60a795a2005-09-16 21:55:43 +00005003The file name and the name used before the # in the function must match
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00005004exactly, and the defined function must have the name exactly as it will be
5005called.
5006
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00005007It is possible to use subdirectories. Every # in the function name works like
5008a path separator. Thus when calling a function: >
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00005009
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00005010 :call foo#bar#func()
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00005011
5012Vim will look for the file "autoload/foo/bar.vim" in 'runtimepath'.
5013
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00005014This also works when reading a variable that has not been set yet: >
5015
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00005016 :let l = foo#bar#lvar
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00005017
5018When assigning a value to such a variable nothing special happens. This can
5019be used to pass settings to the autoload script before it's loaded: >
5020
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00005021 :let foo#bar#toggle = 1
5022 :call foo#bar#func()
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00005023
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00005024Note that when you make a mistake and call a function that is supposed to be
5025defined in an autoload script, but the script doesn't actually define the
5026function, the script will be sourced every time you try to call the function.
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00005027And you will get an error message every time.
5028
5029Also note that if you have two script files, and one calls a function in the
5030other and vise versa, before the used function is defined, it won't work.
5031Avoid using the autoload functionality at the toplevel.
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00005032
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005033==============================================================================
50346. Curly braces names *curly-braces-names*
5035
5036Wherever you can use a variable, you can use a "curly braces name" variable.
5037This is a regular variable name with one or more expressions wrapped in braces
5038{} like this: >
5039 my_{adjective}_variable
5040
5041When Vim encounters this, it evaluates the expression inside the braces, puts
5042that in place of the expression, and re-interprets the whole as a variable
5043name. So in the above example, if the variable "adjective" was set to
5044"noisy", then the reference would be to "my_noisy_variable", whereas if
5045"adjective" was set to "quiet", then it would be to "my_quiet_variable".
5046
5047One application for this is to create a set of variables governed by an option
5048value. For example, the statement >
5049 echo my_{&background}_message
5050
5051would output the contents of "my_dark_message" or "my_light_message" depending
5052on the current value of 'background'.
5053
5054You can use multiple brace pairs: >
5055 echo my_{adverb}_{adjective}_message
5056..or even nest them: >
5057 echo my_{ad{end_of_word}}_message
5058where "end_of_word" is either "verb" or "jective".
5059
5060However, the expression inside the braces must evaluate to a valid single
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00005061variable name, e.g. this is invalid: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005062 :let foo='a + b'
5063 :echo c{foo}d
5064.. since the result of expansion is "ca + bd", which is not a variable name.
5065
5066 *curly-braces-function-names*
5067You can call and define functions by an evaluated name in a similar way.
5068Example: >
5069 :let func_end='whizz'
5070 :call my_func_{func_end}(parameter)
5071
5072This would call the function "my_func_whizz(parameter)".
5073
5074==============================================================================
50757. Commands *expression-commands*
5076
5077:let {var-name} = {expr1} *:let* *E18*
5078 Set internal variable {var-name} to the result of the
5079 expression {expr1}. The variable will get the type
5080 from the {expr}. If {var-name} didn't exist yet, it
5081 is created.
5082
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00005083:let {var-name}[{idx}] = {expr1} *E689*
5084 Set a list item to the result of the expression
5085 {expr1}. {var-name} must refer to a list and {idx}
5086 must be a valid index in that list. For nested list
5087 the index can be repeated.
5088 This cannot be used to add an item to a list.
5089
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005090 *E711* *E719*
5091:let {var-name}[{idx1}:{idx2}] = {expr1} *E708* *E709* *E710*
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00005092 Set a sequence of items in a List to the result of the
5093 expression {expr1}, which must be a list with the
5094 correct number of items.
5095 {idx1} can be omitted, zero is used instead.
5096 {idx2} can be omitted, meaning the end of the list.
5097 When the selected range of items is partly past the
5098 end of the list, items will be added.
5099
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00005100 *:let+=* *:let-=* *:let.=* *E734*
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005101:let {var} += {expr1} Like ":let {var} = {var} + {expr1}".
5102:let {var} -= {expr1} Like ":let {var} = {var} - {expr1}".
5103:let {var} .= {expr1} Like ":let {var} = {var} . {expr1}".
5104 These fail if {var} was not set yet and when the type
5105 of {var} and {expr1} don't fit the operator.
5106
5107
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005108:let ${env-name} = {expr1} *:let-environment* *:let-$*
5109 Set environment variable {env-name} to the result of
5110 the expression {expr1}. The type is always String.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005111:let ${env-name} .= {expr1}
5112 Append {expr1} to the environment variable {env-name}.
5113 If the environment variable didn't exist yet this
5114 works like "=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005115
5116:let @{reg-name} = {expr1} *:let-register* *:let-@*
5117 Write the result of the expression {expr1} in register
5118 {reg-name}. {reg-name} must be a single letter, and
5119 must be the name of a writable register (see
5120 |registers|). "@@" can be used for the unnamed
5121 register, "@/" for the search pattern.
5122 If the result of {expr1} ends in a <CR> or <NL>, the
5123 register will be linewise, otherwise it will be set to
5124 characterwise.
5125 This can be used to clear the last search pattern: >
5126 :let @/ = ""
5127< This is different from searching for an empty string,
5128 that would match everywhere.
5129
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005130:let @{reg-name} .= {expr1}
5131 Append {expr1} to register {reg-name}. If the
5132 register was empty it's like setting it to {expr1}.
5133
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005134:let &{option-name} = {expr1} *:let-option* *:let-star*
5135 Set option {option-name} to the result of the
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00005136 expression {expr1}. A String or Number value is
5137 always converted to the type of the option.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005138 For an option local to a window or buffer the effect
5139 is just like using the |:set| command: both the local
5140 value and the global value is changed.
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00005141 Example: >
5142 :let &path = &path . ',/usr/local/include'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005143
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005144:let &{option-name} .= {expr1}
5145 For a string option: Append {expr1} to the value.
5146 Does not insert a comma like |:set+=|.
5147
5148:let &{option-name} += {expr1}
5149:let &{option-name} -= {expr1}
5150 For a number or boolean option: Add or subtract
5151 {expr1}.
5152
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005153:let &l:{option-name} = {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005154:let &l:{option-name} .= {expr1}
5155:let &l:{option-name} += {expr1}
5156:let &l:{option-name} -= {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005157 Like above, but only set the local value of an option
5158 (if there is one). Works like |:setlocal|.
5159
5160:let &g:{option-name} = {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005161:let &g:{option-name} .= {expr1}
5162:let &g:{option-name} += {expr1}
5163:let &g:{option-name} -= {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005164 Like above, but only set the global value of an option
5165 (if there is one). Works like |:setglobal|.
5166
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00005167:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] = {expr1} *:let-unpack* *E687* *E688*
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00005168 {expr1} must evaluate to a List. The first item in
5169 the list is assigned to {name1}, the second item to
5170 {name2}, etc.
5171 The number of names must match the number of items in
5172 the List.
5173 Each name can be one of the items of the ":let"
5174 command as mentioned above.
5175 Example: >
5176 :let [s, item] = GetItem(s)
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005177< Detail: {expr1} is evaluated first, then the
5178 assignments are done in sequence. This matters if
5179 {name2} depends on {name1}. Example: >
5180 :let x = [0, 1]
5181 :let i = 0
5182 :let [i, x[i]] = [1, 2]
5183 :echo x
5184< The result is [0, 2].
5185
5186:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] .= {expr1}
5187:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] += {expr1}
5188:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] -= {expr1}
5189 Like above, but append/add/subtract the value for each
5190 List item.
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00005191
5192:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] = {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00005193 Like |:let-unpack| above, but the List may have more
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005194 items than there are names. A list of the remaining
5195 items is assigned to {lastname}. If there are no
5196 remaining items {lastname} is set to an empty list.
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00005197 Example: >
5198 :let [a, b; rest] = ["aval", "bval", 3, 4]
5199<
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005200:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] .= {expr1}
5201:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] += {expr1}
5202:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] -= {expr1}
5203 Like above, but append/add/subtract the value for each
5204 List item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005205 *E106*
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005206:let {var-name} .. List the value of variable {var-name}. Multiple
Bram Moolenaardcaf10e2005-01-21 11:55:25 +00005207 variable names may be given. Special names recognized
5208 here: *E738*
5209 g: global variables.
5210 b: local buffer variables.
5211 w: local window variables.
5212 v: Vim variables.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005213
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00005214:let List the values of all variables. The type of the
5215 variable is indicated before the value:
5216 <nothing> String
5217 # Number
5218 * Funcref
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005219
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00005220
5221:unl[et][!] {name} ... *:unlet* *:unl* *E108*
5222 Remove the internal variable {name}. Several variable
5223 names can be given, they are all removed. The name
5224 may also be a List or Dictionary item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005225 With [!] no error message is given for non-existing
5226 variables.
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +00005227 One or more items from a List can be removed: >
5228 :unlet list[3] " remove fourth item
5229 :unlet list[3:] " remove fourth item to last
5230< One item from a Dictionary can be removed at a time: >
5231 :unlet dict['two']
5232 :unlet dict.two
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005233
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00005234:lockv[ar][!] [depth] {name} ... *:lockvar* *:lockv*
5235 Lock the internal variable {name}. Locking means that
5236 it can no longer be changed (until it is unlocked).
5237 A locked variable can be deleted: >
5238 :lockvar v
5239 :let v = 'asdf' " fails!
5240 :unlet v
5241< *E741*
5242 If you try to change a locked variable you get an
5243 error message: "E741: Value of {name} is locked"
5244
5245 [depth] is relevant when locking a List or Dictionary.
5246 It specifies how deep the locking goes:
5247 1 Lock the List or Dictionary itself,
5248 cannot add or remove items, but can
5249 still change their values.
5250 2 Also lock the values, cannot change
5251 the items. If an item is a List or
5252 Dictionary, cannot add or remove
5253 items, but can still change the
5254 values.
5255 3 Like 2 but for the List/Dictionary in
5256 the List/Dictionary, one level deeper.
5257 The default [depth] is 2, thus when {name} is a List
5258 or Dictionary the values cannot be changed.
5259 *E743*
5260 For unlimited depth use [!] and omit [depth].
5261 However, there is a maximum depth of 100 to catch
5262 loops.
5263
5264 Note that when two variables refer to the same List
5265 and you lock one of them, the List will also be locked
5266 when used through the other variable. Example: >
5267 :let l = [0, 1, 2, 3]
5268 :let cl = l
5269 :lockvar l
5270 :let cl[1] = 99 " won't work!
5271< You may want to make a copy of a list to avoid this.
5272 See |deepcopy()|.
5273
5274
5275:unlo[ckvar][!] [depth] {name} ... *:unlockvar* *:unlo*
5276 Unlock the internal variable {name}. Does the
5277 opposite of |:lockvar|.
5278
5279
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005280:if {expr1} *:if* *:endif* *:en* *E171* *E579* *E580*
5281:en[dif] Execute the commands until the next matching ":else"
5282 or ":endif" if {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
5283
5284 From Vim version 4.5 until 5.0, every Ex command in
5285 between the ":if" and ":endif" is ignored. These two
5286 commands were just to allow for future expansions in a
5287 backwards compatible way. Nesting was allowed. Note
5288 that any ":else" or ":elseif" was ignored, the "else"
5289 part was not executed either.
5290
5291 You can use this to remain compatible with older
5292 versions: >
5293 :if version >= 500
5294 : version-5-specific-commands
5295 :endif
5296< The commands still need to be parsed to find the
5297 "endif". Sometimes an older Vim has a problem with a
5298 new command. For example, ":silent" is recognized as
5299 a ":substitute" command. In that case ":execute" can
5300 avoid problems: >
5301 :if version >= 600
5302 : execute "silent 1,$delete"
5303 :endif
5304<
5305 NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work
5306 properly in between ":if" and ":endif".
5307
5308 *:else* *:el* *E581* *E583*
5309:el[se] Execute the commands until the next matching ":else"
5310 or ":endif" if they previously were not being
5311 executed.
5312
5313 *:elseif* *:elsei* *E582* *E584*
5314:elsei[f] {expr1} Short for ":else" ":if", with the addition that there
5315 is no extra ":endif".
5316
5317:wh[ile] {expr1} *:while* *:endwhile* *:wh* *:endw*
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005318 *E170* *E585* *E588* *E733*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005319:endw[hile] Repeat the commands between ":while" and ":endwhile",
5320 as long as {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
5321 When an error is detected from a command inside the
5322 loop, execution continues after the "endwhile".
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005323 Example: >
5324 :let lnum = 1
5325 :while lnum <= line("$")
5326 :call FixLine(lnum)
5327 :let lnum = lnum + 1
5328 :endwhile
5329<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005330 NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00005331 properly inside a ":while" and ":for" loop.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005332
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005333:for {var} in {list} *:for* *E690* *E732*
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005334:endfo[r] *:endfo* *:endfor*
5335 Repeat the commands between ":for" and ":endfor" for
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00005336 each item in {list}. Variable {var} is set to the
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00005337 value of each item.
5338 When an error is detected for a command inside the
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005339 loop, execution continues after the "endfor".
Bram Moolenaar572cb562005-08-05 21:35:02 +00005340 Changing {list} inside the loop affects what items are
5341 used. Make a copy if this is unwanted: >
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00005342 :for item in copy(mylist)
5343< When not making a copy, Vim stores a reference to the
5344 next item in the list, before executing the commands
5345 with the current item. Thus the current item can be
5346 removed without effect. Removing any later item means
5347 it will not be found. Thus the following example
5348 works (an inefficient way to make a list empty): >
5349 :for item in mylist
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005350 :call remove(mylist, 0)
5351 :endfor
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00005352< Note that reordering the list (e.g., with sort() or
5353 reverse()) may have unexpected effects.
5354 Note that the type of each list item should be
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005355 identical to avoid errors for the type of {var}
5356 changing. Unlet the variable at the end of the loop
5357 to allow multiple item types.
5358
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005359:for [{var1}, {var2}, ...] in {listlist}
5360:endfo[r]
5361 Like ":for" above, but each item in {listlist} must be
5362 a list, of which each item is assigned to {var1},
5363 {var2}, etc. Example: >
5364 :for [lnum, col] in [[1, 3], [2, 5], [3, 8]]
5365 :echo getline(lnum)[col]
5366 :endfor
5367<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005368 *:continue* *:con* *E586*
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005369:con[tinue] When used inside a ":while" or ":for" loop, jumps back
5370 to the start of the loop.
5371 If it is used after a |:try| inside the loop but
5372 before the matching |:finally| (if present), the
5373 commands following the ":finally" up to the matching
5374 |:endtry| are executed first. This process applies to
5375 all nested ":try"s inside the loop. The outermost
5376 ":endtry" then jumps back to the start of the loop.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005377
5378 *:break* *:brea* *E587*
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005379:brea[k] When used inside a ":while" or ":for" loop, skips to
5380 the command after the matching ":endwhile" or
5381 ":endfor".
5382 If it is used after a |:try| inside the loop but
5383 before the matching |:finally| (if present), the
5384 commands following the ":finally" up to the matching
5385 |:endtry| are executed first. This process applies to
5386 all nested ":try"s inside the loop. The outermost
5387 ":endtry" then jumps to the command after the loop.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005388
5389:try *:try* *:endt* *:endtry* *E600* *E601* *E602*
5390:endt[ry] Change the error handling for the commands between
5391 ":try" and ":endtry" including everything being
5392 executed across ":source" commands, function calls,
5393 or autocommand invocations.
5394
5395 When an error or interrupt is detected and there is
5396 a |:finally| command following, execution continues
5397 after the ":finally". Otherwise, or when the
5398 ":endtry" is reached thereafter, the next
5399 (dynamically) surrounding ":try" is checked for
5400 a corresponding ":finally" etc. Then the script
5401 processing is terminated. (Whether a function
5402 definition has an "abort" argument does not matter.)
5403 Example: >
5404 :try | edit too much | finally | echo "cleanup" | endtry
5405 :echo "impossible" " not reached, script terminated above
5406<
5407 Moreover, an error or interrupt (dynamically) inside
5408 ":try" and ":endtry" is converted to an exception. It
5409 can be caught as if it were thrown by a |:throw|
5410 command (see |:catch|). In this case, the script
5411 processing is not terminated.
5412
5413 The value "Vim:Interrupt" is used for an interrupt
5414 exception. An error in a Vim command is converted
5415 to a value of the form "Vim({command}):{errmsg}",
5416 other errors are converted to a value of the form
5417 "Vim:{errmsg}". {command} is the full command name,
5418 and {errmsg} is the message that is displayed if the
5419 error exception is not caught, always beginning with
5420 the error number.
5421 Examples: >
5422 :try | sleep 100 | catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ | endtry
5423 :try | edit | catch /^Vim(edit):E\d\+/ | echo "error" | endtry
5424<
5425 *:cat* *:catch* *E603* *E604* *E605*
5426:cat[ch] /{pattern}/ The following commands until the next ":catch",
5427 |:finally|, or |:endtry| that belongs to the same
5428 |:try| as the ":catch" are executed when an exception
5429 matching {pattern} is being thrown and has not yet
5430 been caught by a previous ":catch". Otherwise, these
5431 commands are skipped.
5432 When {pattern} is omitted all errors are caught.
5433 Examples: >
5434 :catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ " catch interrupts (CTRL-C)
5435 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E/ " catch all Vim errors
5436 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:/ " catch errors and interrupts
5437 :catch /^Vim(write):/ " catch all errors in :write
5438 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E123/ " catch error E123
5439 :catch /my-exception/ " catch user exception
5440 :catch /.*/ " catch everything
5441 :catch " same as /.*/
5442<
5443 Another character can be used instead of / around the
5444 {pattern}, so long as it does not have a special
5445 meaning (e.g., '|' or '"') and doesn't occur inside
5446 {pattern}.
5447 NOTE: It is not reliable to ":catch" the TEXT of
5448 an error message because it may vary in different
5449 locales.
5450
5451 *:fina* *:finally* *E606* *E607*
5452:fina[lly] The following commands until the matching |:endtry|
5453 are executed whenever the part between the matching
5454 |:try| and the ":finally" is left: either by falling
5455 through to the ":finally" or by a |:continue|,
5456 |:break|, |:finish|, or |:return|, or by an error or
5457 interrupt or exception (see |:throw|).
5458
5459 *:th* *:throw* *E608*
5460:th[row] {expr1} The {expr1} is evaluated and thrown as an exception.
5461 If the ":throw" is used after a |:try| but before the
5462 first corresponding |:catch|, commands are skipped
5463 until the first ":catch" matching {expr1} is reached.
5464 If there is no such ":catch" or if the ":throw" is
5465 used after a ":catch" but before the |:finally|, the
5466 commands following the ":finally" (if present) up to
5467 the matching |:endtry| are executed. If the ":throw"
5468 is after the ":finally", commands up to the ":endtry"
5469 are skipped. At the ":endtry", this process applies
5470 again for the next dynamically surrounding ":try"
5471 (which may be found in a calling function or sourcing
5472 script), until a matching ":catch" has been found.
5473 If the exception is not caught, the command processing
5474 is terminated.
5475 Example: >
5476 :try | throw "oops" | catch /^oo/ | echo "caught" | endtry
5477<
5478
5479 *:ec* *:echo*
5480:ec[ho] {expr1} .. Echoes each {expr1}, with a space in between. The
5481 first {expr1} starts on a new line.
5482 Also see |:comment|.
5483 Use "\n" to start a new line. Use "\r" to move the
5484 cursor to the first column.
5485 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
5486 Cannot be followed by a comment.
5487 Example: >
5488 :echo "the value of 'shell' is" &shell
5489< A later redraw may make the message disappear again.
5490 To avoid that a command from before the ":echo" causes
5491 a redraw afterwards (redraws are often postponed until
5492 you type something), force a redraw with the |:redraw|
5493 command. Example: >
5494 :new | redraw | echo "there is a new window"
5495<
5496 *:echon*
5497:echon {expr1} .. Echoes each {expr1}, without anything added. Also see
5498 |:comment|.
5499 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
5500 Cannot be followed by a comment.
5501 Example: >
5502 :echon "the value of 'shell' is " &shell
5503<
5504 Note the difference between using ":echo", which is a
5505 Vim command, and ":!echo", which is an external shell
5506 command: >
5507 :!echo % --> filename
5508< The arguments of ":!" are expanded, see |:_%|. >
5509 :!echo "%" --> filename or "filename"
5510< Like the previous example. Whether you see the double
5511 quotes or not depends on your 'shell'. >
5512 :echo % --> nothing
5513< The '%' is an illegal character in an expression. >
5514 :echo "%" --> %
5515< This just echoes the '%' character. >
5516 :echo expand("%") --> filename
5517< This calls the expand() function to expand the '%'.
5518
5519 *:echoh* *:echohl*
5520:echoh[l] {name} Use the highlight group {name} for the following
5521 |:echo|, |:echon| and |:echomsg| commands. Also used
5522 for the |input()| prompt. Example: >
5523 :echohl WarningMsg | echo "Don't panic!" | echohl None
5524< Don't forget to set the group back to "None",
5525 otherwise all following echo's will be highlighted.
5526
5527 *:echom* *:echomsg*
5528:echom[sg] {expr1} .. Echo the expression(s) as a true message, saving the
5529 message in the |message-history|.
5530 Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the
5531 |:echo| command. But unprintable characters are
5532 displayed, not interpreted.
5533 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
5534 Example: >
5535 :echomsg "It's a Zizzer Zazzer Zuzz, as you can plainly see."
5536<
5537 *:echoe* *:echoerr*
5538:echoe[rr] {expr1} .. Echo the expression(s) as an error message, saving the
5539 message in the |message-history|. When used in a
5540 script or function the line number will be added.
5541 Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the
5542 :echo command. When used inside a try conditional,
5543 the message is raised as an error exception instead
5544 (see |try-echoerr|).
5545 Example: >
5546 :echoerr "This script just failed!"
5547< If you just want a highlighted message use |:echohl|.
5548 And to get a beep: >
5549 :exe "normal \<Esc>"
5550<
5551 *:exe* *:execute*
5552:exe[cute] {expr1} .. Executes the string that results from the evaluation
5553 of {expr1} as an Ex command. Multiple arguments are
5554 concatenated, with a space in between. {expr1} is
5555 used as the processed command, command line editing
5556 keys are not recognized.
5557 Cannot be followed by a comment.
5558 Examples: >
5559 :execute "buffer " nextbuf
5560 :execute "normal " count . "w"
5561<
5562 ":execute" can be used to append a command to commands
5563 that don't accept a '|'. Example: >
5564 :execute '!ls' | echo "theend"
5565
5566< ":execute" is also a nice way to avoid having to type
5567 control characters in a Vim script for a ":normal"
5568 command: >
5569 :execute "normal ixxx\<Esc>"
5570< This has an <Esc> character, see |expr-string|.
5571
5572 Note: The executed string may be any command-line, but
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00005573 you cannot start or end a "while", "for" or "if"
5574 command. Thus this is illegal: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005575 :execute 'while i > 5'
5576 :execute 'echo "test" | break'
5577<
5578 It is allowed to have a "while" or "if" command
5579 completely in the executed string: >
5580 :execute 'while i < 5 | echo i | let i = i + 1 | endwhile'
5581<
5582
5583 *:comment*
5584 ":execute", ":echo" and ":echon" cannot be followed by
5585 a comment directly, because they see the '"' as the
5586 start of a string. But, you can use '|' followed by a
5587 comment. Example: >
5588 :echo "foo" | "this is a comment
5589
5590==============================================================================
55918. Exception handling *exception-handling*
5592
5593The Vim script language comprises an exception handling feature. This section
5594explains how it can be used in a Vim script.
5595
5596Exceptions may be raised by Vim on an error or on interrupt, see
5597|catch-errors| and |catch-interrupt|. You can also explicitly throw an
5598exception by using the ":throw" command, see |throw-catch|.
5599
5600
5601TRY CONDITIONALS *try-conditionals*
5602
5603Exceptions can be caught or can cause cleanup code to be executed. You can
5604use a try conditional to specify catch clauses (that catch exceptions) and/or
5605a finally clause (to be executed for cleanup).
5606 A try conditional begins with a |:try| command and ends at the matching
5607|:endtry| command. In between, you can use a |:catch| command to start
5608a catch clause, or a |:finally| command to start a finally clause. There may
5609be none or multiple catch clauses, but there is at most one finally clause,
5610which must not be followed by any catch clauses. The lines before the catch
5611clauses and the finally clause is called a try block. >
5612
5613 :try
5614 : ...
5615 : ... TRY BLOCK
5616 : ...
5617 :catch /{pattern}/
5618 : ...
5619 : ... CATCH CLAUSE
5620 : ...
5621 :catch /{pattern}/
5622 : ...
5623 : ... CATCH CLAUSE
5624 : ...
5625 :finally
5626 : ...
5627 : ... FINALLY CLAUSE
5628 : ...
5629 :endtry
5630
5631The try conditional allows to watch code for exceptions and to take the
5632appropriate actions. Exceptions from the try block may be caught. Exceptions
5633from the try block and also the catch clauses may cause cleanup actions.
5634 When no exception is thrown during execution of the try block, the control
5635is transferred to the finally clause, if present. After its execution, the
5636script continues with the line following the ":endtry".
5637 When an exception occurs during execution of the try block, the remaining
5638lines in the try block are skipped. The exception is matched against the
5639patterns specified as arguments to the ":catch" commands. The catch clause
5640after the first matching ":catch" is taken, other catch clauses are not
5641executed. The catch clause ends when the next ":catch", ":finally", or
5642":endtry" command is reached - whatever is first. Then, the finally clause
5643(if present) is executed. When the ":endtry" is reached, the script execution
5644continues in the following line as usual.
5645 When an exception that does not match any of the patterns specified by the
5646":catch" commands is thrown in the try block, the exception is not caught by
5647that try conditional and none of the catch clauses is executed. Only the
5648finally clause, if present, is taken. The exception pends during execution of
5649the finally clause. It is resumed at the ":endtry", so that commands after
5650the ":endtry" are not executed and the exception might be caught elsewhere,
5651see |try-nesting|.
5652 When during execution of a catch clause another exception is thrown, the
5653remaining lines in that catch clause are not executed. The new exception is
5654not matched against the patterns in any of the ":catch" commands of the same
5655try conditional and none of its catch clauses is taken. If there is, however,
5656a finally clause, it is executed, and the exception pends during its
5657execution. The commands following the ":endtry" are not executed. The new
5658exception might, however, be caught elsewhere, see |try-nesting|.
5659 When during execution of the finally clause (if present) an exception is
5660thrown, the remaining lines in the finally clause are skipped. If the finally
5661clause has been taken because of an exception from the try block or one of the
5662catch clauses, the original (pending) exception is discarded. The commands
5663following the ":endtry" are not executed, and the exception from the finally
5664clause is propagated and can be caught elsewhere, see |try-nesting|.
5665
5666The finally clause is also executed, when a ":break" or ":continue" for
5667a ":while" loop enclosing the complete try conditional is executed from the
5668try block or a catch clause. Or when a ":return" or ":finish" is executed
5669from the try block or a catch clause of a try conditional in a function or
5670sourced script, respectively. The ":break", ":continue", ":return", or
5671":finish" pends during execution of the finally clause and is resumed when the
5672":endtry" is reached. It is, however, discarded when an exception is thrown
5673from the finally clause.
5674 When a ":break" or ":continue" for a ":while" loop enclosing the complete
5675try conditional or when a ":return" or ":finish" is encountered in the finally
5676clause, the rest of the finally clause is skipped, and the ":break",
5677":continue", ":return" or ":finish" is executed as usual. If the finally
5678clause has been taken because of an exception or an earlier ":break",
5679":continue", ":return", or ":finish" from the try block or a catch clause,
5680this pending exception or command is discarded.
5681
5682For examples see |throw-catch| and |try-finally|.
5683
5684
5685NESTING OF TRY CONDITIONALS *try-nesting*
5686
5687Try conditionals can be nested arbitrarily. That is, a complete try
5688conditional can be put into the try block, a catch clause, or the finally
5689clause of another try conditional. If the inner try conditional does not
5690catch an exception thrown in its try block or throws a new exception from one
5691of its catch clauses or its finally clause, the outer try conditional is
5692checked according to the rules above. If the inner try conditional is in the
5693try block of the outer try conditional, its catch clauses are checked, but
5694otherwise only the finally clause is executed. It does not matter for
5695nesting, whether the inner try conditional is directly contained in the outer
5696one, or whether the outer one sources a script or calls a function containing
5697the inner try conditional.
5698
5699When none of the active try conditionals catches an exception, just their
5700finally clauses are executed. Thereafter, the script processing terminates.
5701An error message is displayed in case of an uncaught exception explicitly
5702thrown by a ":throw" command. For uncaught error and interrupt exceptions
5703implicitly raised by Vim, the error message(s) or interrupt message are shown
5704as usual.
5705
5706For examples see |throw-catch|.
5707
5708
5709EXAMINING EXCEPTION HANDLING CODE *except-examine*
5710
5711Exception handling code can get tricky. If you are in doubt what happens, set
5712'verbose' to 13 or use the ":13verbose" command modifier when sourcing your
5713script file. Then you see when an exception is thrown, discarded, caught, or
5714finished. When using a verbosity level of at least 14, things pending in
5715a finally clause are also shown. This information is also given in debug mode
5716(see |debug-scripts|).
5717
5718
5719THROWING AND CATCHING EXCEPTIONS *throw-catch*
5720
5721You can throw any number or string as an exception. Use the |:throw| command
5722and pass the value to be thrown as argument: >
5723 :throw 4711
5724 :throw "string"
5725< *throw-expression*
5726You can also specify an expression argument. The expression is then evaluated
5727first, and the result is thrown: >
5728 :throw 4705 + strlen("string")
5729 :throw strpart("strings", 0, 6)
5730
5731An exception might be thrown during evaluation of the argument of the ":throw"
5732command. Unless it is caught there, the expression evaluation is abandoned.
5733The ":throw" command then does not throw a new exception.
5734 Example: >
5735
5736 :function! Foo(arg)
5737 : try
5738 : throw a:arg
5739 : catch /foo/
5740 : endtry
5741 : return 1
5742 :endfunction
5743 :
5744 :function! Bar()
5745 : echo "in Bar"
5746 : return 4710
5747 :endfunction
5748 :
5749 :throw Foo("arrgh") + Bar()
5750
5751This throws "arrgh", and "in Bar" is not displayed since Bar() is not
5752executed. >
5753 :throw Foo("foo") + Bar()
5754however displays "in Bar" and throws 4711.
5755
5756Any other command that takes an expression as argument might also be
5757abandoned by an (uncaught) exception during the expression evaluation. The
5758exception is then propagated to the caller of the command.
5759 Example: >
5760
5761 :if Foo("arrgh")
5762 : echo "then"
5763 :else
5764 : echo "else"
5765 :endif
5766
5767Here neither of "then" or "else" is displayed.
5768
5769 *catch-order*
5770Exceptions can be caught by a try conditional with one or more |:catch|
5771commands, see |try-conditionals|. The values to be caught by each ":catch"
5772command can be specified as a pattern argument. The subsequent catch clause
5773gets executed when a matching exception is caught.
5774 Example: >
5775
5776 :function! Foo(value)
5777 : try
5778 : throw a:value
5779 : catch /^\d\+$/
5780 : echo "Number thrown"
5781 : catch /.*/
5782 : echo "String thrown"
5783 : endtry
5784 :endfunction
5785 :
5786 :call Foo(0x1267)
5787 :call Foo('string')
5788
5789The first call to Foo() displays "Number thrown", the second "String thrown".
5790An exception is matched against the ":catch" commands in the order they are
5791specified. Only the first match counts. So you should place the more
5792specific ":catch" first. The following order does not make sense: >
5793
5794 : catch /.*/
5795 : echo "String thrown"
5796 : catch /^\d\+$/
5797 : echo "Number thrown"
5798
5799The first ":catch" here matches always, so that the second catch clause is
5800never taken.
5801
5802 *throw-variables*
5803If you catch an exception by a general pattern, you may access the exact value
5804in the variable |v:exception|: >
5805
5806 : catch /^\d\+$/
5807 : echo "Number thrown. Value is" v:exception
5808
5809You may also be interested where an exception was thrown. This is stored in
5810|v:throwpoint|. Note that "v:exception" and "v:throwpoint" are valid for the
5811exception most recently caught as long it is not finished.
5812 Example: >
5813
5814 :function! Caught()
5815 : if v:exception != ""
5816 : echo 'Caught "' . v:exception . '" in ' . v:throwpoint
5817 : else
5818 : echo 'Nothing caught'
5819 : endif
5820 :endfunction
5821 :
5822 :function! Foo()
5823 : try
5824 : try
5825 : try
5826 : throw 4711
5827 : finally
5828 : call Caught()
5829 : endtry
5830 : catch /.*/
5831 : call Caught()
5832 : throw "oops"
5833 : endtry
5834 : catch /.*/
5835 : call Caught()
5836 : finally
5837 : call Caught()
5838 : endtry
5839 :endfunction
5840 :
5841 :call Foo()
5842
5843This displays >
5844
5845 Nothing caught
5846 Caught "4711" in function Foo, line 4
5847 Caught "oops" in function Foo, line 10
5848 Nothing caught
5849
5850A practical example: The following command ":LineNumber" displays the line
5851number in the script or function where it has been used: >
5852
5853 :function! LineNumber()
5854 : return substitute(v:throwpoint, '.*\D\(\d\+\).*', '\1', "")
5855 :endfunction
5856 :command! LineNumber try | throw "" | catch | echo LineNumber() | endtry
5857<
5858 *try-nested*
5859An exception that is not caught by a try conditional can be caught by
5860a surrounding try conditional: >
5861
5862 :try
5863 : try
5864 : throw "foo"
5865 : catch /foobar/
5866 : echo "foobar"
5867 : finally
5868 : echo "inner finally"
5869 : endtry
5870 :catch /foo/
5871 : echo "foo"
5872 :endtry
5873
5874The inner try conditional does not catch the exception, just its finally
5875clause is executed. The exception is then caught by the outer try
5876conditional. The example displays "inner finally" and then "foo".
5877
5878 *throw-from-catch*
5879You can catch an exception and throw a new one to be caught elsewhere from the
5880catch clause: >
5881
5882 :function! Foo()
5883 : throw "foo"
5884 :endfunction
5885 :
5886 :function! Bar()
5887 : try
5888 : call Foo()
5889 : catch /foo/
5890 : echo "Caught foo, throw bar"
5891 : throw "bar"
5892 : endtry
5893 :endfunction
5894 :
5895 :try
5896 : call Bar()
5897 :catch /.*/
5898 : echo "Caught" v:exception
5899 :endtry
5900
5901This displays "Caught foo, throw bar" and then "Caught bar".
5902
5903 *rethrow*
5904There is no real rethrow in the Vim script language, but you may throw
5905"v:exception" instead: >
5906
5907 :function! Bar()
5908 : try
5909 : call Foo()
5910 : catch /.*/
5911 : echo "Rethrow" v:exception
5912 : throw v:exception
5913 : endtry
5914 :endfunction
5915< *try-echoerr*
5916Note that this method cannot be used to "rethrow" Vim error or interrupt
5917exceptions, because it is not possible to fake Vim internal exceptions.
5918Trying so causes an error exception. You should throw your own exception
5919denoting the situation. If you want to cause a Vim error exception containing
5920the original error exception value, you can use the |:echoerr| command: >
5921
5922 :try
5923 : try
5924 : asdf
5925 : catch /.*/
5926 : echoerr v:exception
5927 : endtry
5928 :catch /.*/
5929 : echo v:exception
5930 :endtry
5931
5932This code displays
5933
5934 Vim(echoerr):Vim:E492: Not an editor command: asdf ~
5935
5936
5937CLEANUP CODE *try-finally*
5938
5939Scripts often change global settings and restore them at their end. If the
5940user however interrupts the script by pressing CTRL-C, the settings remain in
5941an inconsistent state. The same may happen to you in the development phase of
5942a script when an error occurs or you explicitly throw an exception without
5943catching it. You can solve these problems by using a try conditional with
5944a finally clause for restoring the settings. Its execution is guaranteed on
5945normal control flow, on error, on an explicit ":throw", and on interrupt.
5946(Note that errors and interrupts from inside the try conditional are converted
5947to exceptions. When not caught, they terminate the script after the finally
5948clause has been executed.)
5949Example: >
5950
5951 :try
5952 : let s:saved_ts = &ts
5953 : set ts=17
5954 :
5955 : " Do the hard work here.
5956 :
5957 :finally
5958 : let &ts = s:saved_ts
5959 : unlet s:saved_ts
5960 :endtry
5961
5962This method should be used locally whenever a function or part of a script
5963changes global settings which need to be restored on failure or normal exit of
5964that function or script part.
5965
5966 *break-finally*
5967Cleanup code works also when the try block or a catch clause is left by
5968a ":continue", ":break", ":return", or ":finish".
5969 Example: >
5970
5971 :let first = 1
5972 :while 1
5973 : try
5974 : if first
5975 : echo "first"
5976 : let first = 0
5977 : continue
5978 : else
5979 : throw "second"
5980 : endif
5981 : catch /.*/
5982 : echo v:exception
5983 : break
5984 : finally
5985 : echo "cleanup"
5986 : endtry
5987 : echo "still in while"
5988 :endwhile
5989 :echo "end"
5990
5991This displays "first", "cleanup", "second", "cleanup", and "end". >
5992
5993 :function! Foo()
5994 : try
5995 : return 4711
5996 : finally
5997 : echo "cleanup\n"
5998 : endtry
5999 : echo "Foo still active"
6000 :endfunction
6001 :
6002 :echo Foo() "returned by Foo"
6003
6004This displays "cleanup" and "4711 returned by Foo". You don't need to add an
6005extra ":return" in the finally clause. (Above all, this would override the
6006return value.)
6007
6008 *except-from-finally*
6009Using either of ":continue", ":break", ":return", ":finish", or ":throw" in
6010a finally clause is possible, but not recommended since it abandons the
6011cleanup actions for the try conditional. But, of course, interrupt and error
6012exceptions might get raised from a finally clause.
6013 Example where an error in the finally clause stops an interrupt from
6014working correctly: >
6015
6016 :try
6017 : try
6018 : echo "Press CTRL-C for interrupt"
6019 : while 1
6020 : endwhile
6021 : finally
6022 : unlet novar
6023 : endtry
6024 :catch /novar/
6025 :endtry
6026 :echo "Script still running"
6027 :sleep 1
6028
6029If you need to put commands that could fail into a finally clause, you should
6030think about catching or ignoring the errors in these commands, see
6031|catch-errors| and |ignore-errors|.
6032
6033
6034CATCHING ERRORS *catch-errors*
6035
6036If you want to catch specific errors, you just have to put the code to be
6037watched in a try block and add a catch clause for the error message. The
6038presence of the try conditional causes all errors to be converted to an
6039exception. No message is displayed and |v:errmsg| is not set then. To find
6040the right pattern for the ":catch" command, you have to know how the format of
6041the error exception is.
6042 Error exceptions have the following format: >
6043
6044 Vim({cmdname}):{errmsg}
6045or >
6046 Vim:{errmsg}
6047
6048{cmdname} is the name of the command that failed; the second form is used when
6049the command name is not known. {errmsg} is the error message usually produced
6050when the error occurs outside try conditionals. It always begins with
6051a capital "E", followed by a two or three-digit error number, a colon, and
6052a space.
6053
6054Examples:
6055
6056The command >
6057 :unlet novar
6058normally produces the error message >
6059 E108: No such variable: "novar"
6060which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
6061 Vim(unlet):E108: No such variable: "novar"
6062
6063The command >
6064 :dwim
6065normally produces the error message >
6066 E492: Not an editor command: dwim
6067which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
6068 Vim:E492: Not an editor command: dwim
6069
6070You can catch all ":unlet" errors by a >
6071 :catch /^Vim(unlet):/
6072or all errors for misspelled command names by a >
6073 :catch /^Vim:E492:/
6074
6075Some error messages may be produced by different commands: >
6076 :function nofunc
6077and >
6078 :delfunction nofunc
6079both produce the error message >
6080 E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
6081which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
6082 Vim(function):E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
6083or >
6084 Vim(delfunction):E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
6085respectively. You can catch the error by its number independently on the
6086command that caused it if you use the following pattern: >
6087 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E128:/
6088
6089Some commands like >
6090 :let x = novar
6091produce multiple error messages, here: >
6092 E121: Undefined variable: novar
6093 E15: Invalid expression: novar
6094Only the first is used for the exception value, since it is the most specific
6095one (see |except-several-errors|). So you can catch it by >
6096 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E121:/
6097
6098You can catch all errors related to the name "nofunc" by >
6099 :catch /\<nofunc\>/
6100
6101You can catch all Vim errors in the ":write" and ":read" commands by >
6102 :catch /^Vim(\(write\|read\)):E\d\+:/
6103
6104You can catch all Vim errors by the pattern >
6105 :catch /^Vim\((\a\+)\)\=:E\d\+:/
6106<
6107 *catch-text*
6108NOTE: You should never catch the error message text itself: >
6109 :catch /No such variable/
6110only works in the english locale, but not when the user has selected
6111a different language by the |:language| command. It is however helpful to
6112cite the message text in a comment: >
6113 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E108:/ " No such variable
6114
6115
6116IGNORING ERRORS *ignore-errors*
6117
6118You can ignore errors in a specific Vim command by catching them locally: >
6119
6120 :try
6121 : write
6122 :catch
6123 :endtry
6124
6125But you are strongly recommended NOT to use this simple form, since it could
6126catch more than you want. With the ":write" command, some autocommands could
6127be executed and cause errors not related to writing, for instance: >
6128
6129 :au BufWritePre * unlet novar
6130
6131There could even be such errors you are not responsible for as a script
6132writer: a user of your script might have defined such autocommands. You would
6133then hide the error from the user.
6134 It is much better to use >
6135
6136 :try
6137 : write
6138 :catch /^Vim(write):/
6139 :endtry
6140
6141which only catches real write errors. So catch only what you'd like to ignore
6142intentionally.
6143
6144For a single command that does not cause execution of autocommands, you could
6145even suppress the conversion of errors to exceptions by the ":silent!"
6146command: >
6147 :silent! nunmap k
6148This works also when a try conditional is active.
6149
6150
6151CATCHING INTERRUPTS *catch-interrupt*
6152
6153When there are active try conditionals, an interrupt (CTRL-C) is converted to
6154the exception "Vim:Interrupt". You can catch it like every exception. The
6155script is not terminated, then.
6156 Example: >
6157
6158 :function! TASK1()
6159 : sleep 10
6160 :endfunction
6161
6162 :function! TASK2()
6163 : sleep 20
6164 :endfunction
6165
6166 :while 1
6167 : let command = input("Type a command: ")
6168 : try
6169 : if command == ""
6170 : continue
6171 : elseif command == "END"
6172 : break
6173 : elseif command == "TASK1"
6174 : call TASK1()
6175 : elseif command == "TASK2"
6176 : call TASK2()
6177 : else
6178 : echo "\nIllegal command:" command
6179 : continue
6180 : endif
6181 : catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/
6182 : echo "\nCommand interrupted"
6183 : " Caught the interrupt. Continue with next prompt.
6184 : endtry
6185 :endwhile
6186
6187You can interrupt a task here by pressing CTRL-C; the script then asks for
6188a new command. If you press CTRL-C at the prompt, the script is terminated.
6189
6190For testing what happens when CTRL-C would be pressed on a specific line in
6191your script, use the debug mode and execute the |>quit| or |>interrupt|
6192command on that line. See |debug-scripts|.
6193
6194
6195CATCHING ALL *catch-all*
6196
6197The commands >
6198
6199 :catch /.*/
6200 :catch //
6201 :catch
6202
6203catch everything, error exceptions, interrupt exceptions and exceptions
6204explicitly thrown by the |:throw| command. This is useful at the top level of
6205a script in order to catch unexpected things.
6206 Example: >
6207
6208 :try
6209 :
6210 : " do the hard work here
6211 :
6212 :catch /MyException/
6213 :
6214 : " handle known problem
6215 :
6216 :catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/
6217 : echo "Script interrupted"
6218 :catch /.*/
6219 : echo "Internal error (" . v:exception . ")"
6220 : echo " - occurred at " . v:throwpoint
6221 :endtry
6222 :" end of script
6223
6224Note: Catching all might catch more things than you want. Thus, you are
6225strongly encouraged to catch only for problems that you can really handle by
6226specifying a pattern argument to the ":catch".
6227 Example: Catching all could make it nearly impossible to interrupt a script
6228by pressing CTRL-C: >
6229
6230 :while 1
6231 : try
6232 : sleep 1
6233 : catch
6234 : endtry
6235 :endwhile
6236
6237
6238EXCEPTIONS AND AUTOCOMMANDS *except-autocmd*
6239
6240Exceptions may be used during execution of autocommands. Example: >
6241
6242 :autocmd User x try
6243 :autocmd User x throw "Oops!"
6244 :autocmd User x catch
6245 :autocmd User x echo v:exception
6246 :autocmd User x endtry
6247 :autocmd User x throw "Arrgh!"
6248 :autocmd User x echo "Should not be displayed"
6249 :
6250 :try
6251 : doautocmd User x
6252 :catch
6253 : echo v:exception
6254 :endtry
6255
6256This displays "Oops!" and "Arrgh!".
6257
6258 *except-autocmd-Pre*
6259For some commands, autocommands get executed before the main action of the
6260command takes place. If an exception is thrown and not caught in the sequence
6261of autocommands, the sequence and the command that caused its execution are
6262abandoned and the exception is propagated to the caller of the command.
6263 Example: >
6264
6265 :autocmd BufWritePre * throw "FAIL"
6266 :autocmd BufWritePre * echo "Should not be displayed"
6267 :
6268 :try
6269 : write
6270 :catch
6271 : echo "Caught:" v:exception "from" v:throwpoint
6272 :endtry
6273
6274Here, the ":write" command does not write the file currently being edited (as
6275you can see by checking 'modified'), since the exception from the BufWritePre
6276autocommand abandons the ":write". The exception is then caught and the
6277script displays: >
6278
6279 Caught: FAIL from BufWrite Auto commands for "*"
6280<
6281 *except-autocmd-Post*
6282For some commands, autocommands get executed after the main action of the
6283command has taken place. If this main action fails and the command is inside
6284an active try conditional, the autocommands are skipped and an error exception
6285is thrown that can be caught by the caller of the command.
6286 Example: >
6287
6288 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo "File successfully written!"
6289 :
6290 :try
6291 : write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6292 :catch
6293 : echo v:exception
6294 :endtry
6295
6296This just displays: >
6297
6298 Vim(write):E212: Can't open file for writing (/i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e)
6299
6300If you really need to execute the autocommands even when the main action
6301fails, trigger the event from the catch clause.
6302 Example: >
6303
6304 :autocmd BufWritePre * set noreadonly
6305 :autocmd BufWritePost * set readonly
6306 :
6307 :try
6308 : write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6309 :catch
6310 : doautocmd BufWritePost /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6311 :endtry
6312<
6313You can also use ":silent!": >
6314
6315 :let x = "ok"
6316 :let v:errmsg = ""
6317 :autocmd BufWritePost * if v:errmsg != ""
6318 :autocmd BufWritePost * let x = "after fail"
6319 :autocmd BufWritePost * endif
6320 :try
6321 : silent! write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6322 :catch
6323 :endtry
6324 :echo x
6325
6326This displays "after fail".
6327
6328If the main action of the command does not fail, exceptions from the
6329autocommands will be catchable by the caller of the command: >
6330
6331 :autocmd BufWritePost * throw ":-("
6332 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo "Should not be displayed"
6333 :
6334 :try
6335 : write
6336 :catch
6337 : echo v:exception
6338 :endtry
6339<
6340 *except-autocmd-Cmd*
6341For some commands, the normal action can be replaced by a sequence of
6342autocommands. Exceptions from that sequence will be catchable by the caller
6343of the command.
6344 Example: For the ":write" command, the caller cannot know whether the file
6345had actually been written when the exception occurred. You need to tell it in
6346some way. >
6347
6348 :if !exists("cnt")
6349 : let cnt = 0
6350 :
6351 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if &modified
6352 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * let cnt = cnt + 1
6353 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if cnt % 3 == 2
6354 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * throw "BufWriteCmdError"
6355 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
6356 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * write | set nomodified
6357 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if cnt % 3 == 0
6358 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * throw "BufWriteCmdError"
6359 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
6360 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * echo "File successfully written!"
6361 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
6362 :endif
6363 :
6364 :try
6365 : write
6366 :catch /^BufWriteCmdError$/
6367 : if &modified
6368 : echo "Error on writing (file contents not changed)"
6369 : else
6370 : echo "Error after writing"
6371 : endif
6372 :catch /^Vim(write):/
6373 : echo "Error on writing"
6374 :endtry
6375
6376When this script is sourced several times after making changes, it displays
6377first >
6378 File successfully written!
6379then >
6380 Error on writing (file contents not changed)
6381then >
6382 Error after writing
6383etc.
6384
6385 *except-autocmd-ill*
6386You cannot spread a try conditional over autocommands for different events.
6387The following code is ill-formed: >
6388
6389 :autocmd BufWritePre * try
6390 :
6391 :autocmd BufWritePost * catch
6392 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo v:exception
6393 :autocmd BufWritePost * endtry
6394 :
6395 :write
6396
6397
6398EXCEPTION HIERARCHIES AND PARAMETERIZED EXCEPTIONS *except-hier-param*
6399
6400Some programming languages allow to use hierarchies of exception classes or to
6401pass additional information with the object of an exception class. You can do
6402similar things in Vim.
6403 In order to throw an exception from a hierarchy, just throw the complete
6404class name with the components separated by a colon, for instance throw the
6405string "EXCEPT:MATHERR:OVERFLOW" for an overflow in a mathematical library.
6406 When you want to pass additional information with your exception class, add
6407it in parentheses, for instance throw the string "EXCEPT:IO:WRITEERR(myfile)"
6408for an error when writing "myfile".
6409 With the appropriate patterns in the ":catch" command, you can catch for
6410base classes or derived classes of your hierarchy. Additional information in
6411parentheses can be cut out from |v:exception| with the ":substitute" command.
6412 Example: >
6413
6414 :function! CheckRange(a, func)
6415 : if a:a < 0
6416 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE(" . a:func . ")"
6417 : endif
6418 :endfunction
6419 :
6420 :function! Add(a, b)
6421 : call CheckRange(a:a, "Add")
6422 : call CheckRange(a:b, "Add")
6423 : let c = a:a + a:b
6424 : if c < 0
6425 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:OVERFLOW"
6426 : endif
6427 : return c
6428 :endfunction
6429 :
6430 :function! Div(a, b)
6431 : call CheckRange(a:a, "Div")
6432 : call CheckRange(a:b, "Div")
6433 : if (a:b == 0)
6434 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:ZERODIV"
6435 : endif
6436 : return a:a / a:b
6437 :endfunction
6438 :
6439 :function! Write(file)
6440 : try
6441 : execute "write" a:file
6442 : catch /^Vim(write):/
6443 : throw "EXCEPT:IO(" . getcwd() . ", " . a:file . "):WRITEERR"
6444 : endtry
6445 :endfunction
6446 :
6447 :try
6448 :
6449 : " something with arithmetics and I/O
6450 :
6451 :catch /^EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE/
6452 : let function = substitute(v:exception, '.*(\(\a\+\)).*', '\1', "")
6453 : echo "Range error in" function
6454 :
6455 :catch /^EXCEPT:MATHERR/ " catches OVERFLOW and ZERODIV
6456 : echo "Math error"
6457 :
6458 :catch /^EXCEPT:IO/
6459 : let dir = substitute(v:exception, '.*(\(.\+\),\s*.\+).*', '\1', "")
6460 : let file = substitute(v:exception, '.*(.\+,\s*\(.\+\)).*', '\1', "")
6461 : if file !~ '^/'
6462 : let file = dir . "/" . file
6463 : endif
6464 : echo 'I/O error for "' . file . '"'
6465 :
6466 :catch /^EXCEPT/
6467 : echo "Unspecified error"
6468 :
6469 :endtry
6470
6471The exceptions raised by Vim itself (on error or when pressing CTRL-C) use
6472a flat hierarchy: they are all in the "Vim" class. You cannot throw yourself
6473exceptions with the "Vim" prefix; they are reserved for Vim.
6474 Vim error exceptions are parameterized with the name of the command that
6475failed, if known. See |catch-errors|.
6476
6477
6478PECULIARITIES
6479 *except-compat*
6480The exception handling concept requires that the command sequence causing the
6481exception is aborted immediately and control is transferred to finally clauses
6482and/or a catch clause.
6483
6484In the Vim script language there are cases where scripts and functions
6485continue after an error: in functions without the "abort" flag or in a command
6486after ":silent!", control flow goes to the following line, and outside
6487functions, control flow goes to the line following the outermost ":endwhile"
6488or ":endif". On the other hand, errors should be catchable as exceptions
6489(thus, requiring the immediate abortion).
6490
6491This problem has been solved by converting errors to exceptions and using
6492immediate abortion (if not suppressed by ":silent!") only when a try
6493conditional is active. This is no restriction since an (error) exception can
6494be caught only from an active try conditional. If you want an immediate
6495termination without catching the error, just use a try conditional without
6496catch clause. (You can cause cleanup code being executed before termination
6497by specifying a finally clause.)
6498
6499When no try conditional is active, the usual abortion and continuation
6500behavior is used instead of immediate abortion. This ensures compatibility of
6501scripts written for Vim 6.1 and earlier.
6502
6503However, when sourcing an existing script that does not use exception handling
6504commands (or when calling one of its functions) from inside an active try
6505conditional of a new script, you might change the control flow of the existing
6506script on error. You get the immediate abortion on error and can catch the
6507error in the new script. If however the sourced script suppresses error
6508messages by using the ":silent!" command (checking for errors by testing
6509|v:errmsg| if appropriate), its execution path is not changed. The error is
6510not converted to an exception. (See |:silent|.) So the only remaining cause
6511where this happens is for scripts that don't care about errors and produce
6512error messages. You probably won't want to use such code from your new
6513scripts.
6514
6515 *except-syntax-err*
6516Syntax errors in the exception handling commands are never caught by any of
6517the ":catch" commands of the try conditional they belong to. Its finally
6518clauses, however, is executed.
6519 Example: >
6520
6521 :try
6522 : try
6523 : throw 4711
6524 : catch /\(/
6525 : echo "in catch with syntax error"
6526 : catch
6527 : echo "inner catch-all"
6528 : finally
6529 : echo "inner finally"
6530 : endtry
6531 :catch
6532 : echo 'outer catch-all caught "' . v:exception . '"'
6533 : finally
6534 : echo "outer finally"
6535 :endtry
6536
6537This displays: >
6538 inner finally
6539 outer catch-all caught "Vim(catch):E54: Unmatched \("
6540 outer finally
6541The original exception is discarded and an error exception is raised, instead.
6542
6543 *except-single-line*
6544The ":try", ":catch", ":finally", and ":endtry" commands can be put on
6545a single line, but then syntax errors may make it difficult to recognize the
6546"catch" line, thus you better avoid this.
6547 Example: >
6548 :try | unlet! foo # | catch | endtry
6549raises an error exception for the trailing characters after the ":unlet!"
6550argument, but does not see the ":catch" and ":endtry" commands, so that the
6551error exception is discarded and the "E488: Trailing characters" message gets
6552displayed.
6553
6554 *except-several-errors*
6555When several errors appear in a single command, the first error message is
6556usually the most specific one and therefor converted to the error exception.
6557 Example: >
6558 echo novar
6559causes >
6560 E121: Undefined variable: novar
6561 E15: Invalid expression: novar
6562The value of the error exception inside try conditionals is: >
6563 Vim(echo):E121: Undefined variable: novar
6564< *except-syntax-error*
6565But when a syntax error is detected after a normal error in the same command,
6566the syntax error is used for the exception being thrown.
6567 Example: >
6568 unlet novar #
6569causes >
6570 E108: No such variable: "novar"
6571 E488: Trailing characters
6572The value of the error exception inside try conditionals is: >
6573 Vim(unlet):E488: Trailing characters
6574This is done because the syntax error might change the execution path in a way
6575not intended by the user. Example: >
6576 try
6577 try | unlet novar # | catch | echo v:exception | endtry
6578 catch /.*/
6579 echo "outer catch:" v:exception
6580 endtry
6581This displays "outer catch: Vim(unlet):E488: Trailing characters", and then
6582a "E600: Missing :endtry" error message is given, see |except-single-line|.
6583
6584==============================================================================
65859. Examples *eval-examples*
6586
6587Printing in Hex ~
6588>
6589 :" The function Nr2Hex() returns the Hex string of a number.
6590 :func Nr2Hex(nr)
6591 : let n = a:nr
6592 : let r = ""
6593 : while n
6594 : let r = '0123456789ABCDEF'[n % 16] . r
6595 : let n = n / 16
6596 : endwhile
6597 : return r
6598 :endfunc
6599
6600 :" The function String2Hex() converts each character in a string to a two
6601 :" character Hex string.
6602 :func String2Hex(str)
6603 : let out = ''
6604 : let ix = 0
6605 : while ix < strlen(a:str)
6606 : let out = out . Nr2Hex(char2nr(a:str[ix]))
6607 : let ix = ix + 1
6608 : endwhile
6609 : return out
6610 :endfunc
6611
6612Example of its use: >
6613 :echo Nr2Hex(32)
6614result: "20" >
6615 :echo String2Hex("32")
6616result: "3332"
6617
6618
6619Sorting lines (by Robert Webb) ~
6620
6621Here is a Vim script to sort lines. Highlight the lines in Vim and type
6622":Sort". This doesn't call any external programs so it'll work on any
6623platform. The function Sort() actually takes the name of a comparison
6624function as its argument, like qsort() does in C. So you could supply it
6625with different comparison functions in order to sort according to date etc.
6626>
6627 :" Function for use with Sort(), to compare two strings.
6628 :func! Strcmp(str1, str2)
6629 : if (a:str1 < a:str2)
6630 : return -1
6631 : elseif (a:str1 > a:str2)
6632 : return 1
6633 : else
6634 : return 0
6635 : endif
6636 :endfunction
6637
6638 :" Sort lines. SortR() is called recursively.
6639 :func! SortR(start, end, cmp)
6640 : if (a:start >= a:end)
6641 : return
6642 : endif
6643 : let partition = a:start - 1
6644 : let middle = partition
6645 : let partStr = getline((a:start + a:end) / 2)
6646 : let i = a:start
6647 : while (i <= a:end)
6648 : let str = getline(i)
6649 : exec "let result = " . a:cmp . "(str, partStr)"
6650 : if (result <= 0)
6651 : " Need to put it before the partition. Swap lines i and partition.
6652 : let partition = partition + 1
6653 : if (result == 0)
6654 : let middle = partition
6655 : endif
6656 : if (i != partition)
6657 : let str2 = getline(partition)
6658 : call setline(i, str2)
6659 : call setline(partition, str)
6660 : endif
6661 : endif
6662 : let i = i + 1
6663 : endwhile
6664
6665 : " Now we have a pointer to the "middle" element, as far as partitioning
6666 : " goes, which could be anywhere before the partition. Make sure it is at
6667 : " the end of the partition.
6668 : if (middle != partition)
6669 : let str = getline(middle)
6670 : let str2 = getline(partition)
6671 : call setline(middle, str2)
6672 : call setline(partition, str)
6673 : endif
6674 : call SortR(a:start, partition - 1, a:cmp)
6675 : call SortR(partition + 1, a:end, a:cmp)
6676 :endfunc
6677
6678 :" To Sort a range of lines, pass the range to Sort() along with the name of a
6679 :" function that will compare two lines.
6680 :func! Sort(cmp) range
6681 : call SortR(a:firstline, a:lastline, a:cmp)
6682 :endfunc
6683
6684 :" :Sort takes a range of lines and sorts them.
6685 :command! -nargs=0 -range Sort <line1>,<line2>call Sort("Strcmp")
6686<
6687 *sscanf*
6688There is no sscanf() function in Vim. If you need to extract parts from a
6689line, you can use matchstr() and substitute() to do it. This example shows
6690how to get the file name, line number and column number out of a line like
6691"foobar.txt, 123, 45". >
6692 :" Set up the match bit
6693 :let mx='\(\f\+\),\s*\(\d\+\),\s*\(\d\+\)'
6694 :"get the part matching the whole expression
6695 :let l = matchstr(line, mx)
6696 :"get each item out of the match
6697 :let file = substitute(l, mx, '\1', '')
6698 :let lnum = substitute(l, mx, '\2', '')
6699 :let col = substitute(l, mx, '\3', '')
6700
6701The input is in the variable "line", the results in the variables "file",
6702"lnum" and "col". (idea from Michael Geddes)
6703
6704==============================================================================
670510. No +eval feature *no-eval-feature*
6706
6707When the |+eval| feature was disabled at compile time, none of the expression
6708evaluation commands are available. To prevent this from causing Vim scripts
6709to generate all kinds of errors, the ":if" and ":endif" commands are still
6710recognized, though the argument of the ":if" and everything between the ":if"
6711and the matching ":endif" is ignored. Nesting of ":if" blocks is allowed, but
6712only if the commands are at the start of the line. The ":else" command is not
6713recognized.
6714
6715Example of how to avoid executing commands when the |+eval| feature is
6716missing: >
6717
6718 :if 1
6719 : echo "Expression evaluation is compiled in"
6720 :else
6721 : echo "You will _never_ see this message"
6722 :endif
6723
6724==============================================================================
672511. The sandbox *eval-sandbox* *sandbox* *E48*
6726
6727The 'foldexpr', 'includeexpr', 'indentexpr', 'statusline' and 'foldtext'
6728options are evaluated in a sandbox. This means that you are protected from
6729these expressions having nasty side effects. This gives some safety for when
6730these options are set from a modeline. It is also used when the command from
6731a tags file is executed.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00006732The sandbox is also used for the |:sandbox| command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006733
6734These items are not allowed in the sandbox:
6735 - changing the buffer text
6736 - defining or changing mapping, autocommands, functions, user commands
6737 - setting certain options (see |option-summary|)
6738 - executing a shell command
6739 - reading or writing a file
6740 - jumping to another buffer or editing a file
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00006741This is not guaranteed 100% secure, but it should block most attacks.
6742
6743 *:san* *:sandbox*
Bram Moolenaar045e82d2005-07-08 22:25:33 +00006744:san[dbox] {cmd} Execute {cmd} in the sandbox. Useful to evaluate an
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00006745 option that may have been set from a modeline, e.g.
6746 'foldexpr'.
6747
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006748
6749 vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: